Siirry suoraan sisältöön

Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

Tutkintonimike ja tutkinnon taso

Bachelor of Business Administration, EQF 6

Yhteystiedot

Head of Degree Programme
Syed Mubaraz
Study Councellor
Janne Hopeela

Hakukelpoisuus ja hakeminen

General admission criteria, see TAMK’s websites.

Aiemmin hankitun osaamisen tunnustaminen

It is possible for students to have their prior competences recognised.

Tutkintovaatimukset ja niitä koskevat säännöt

Completion of Degree Programme in International Business curriculum studies and achievement of related competence objectives.

Tutkinnon profiili

The degree is a Bachelor's Degree -level professional higher education degree.
The degree complies with the criteria set by the Finnish national degree system as well as with the European framework for degrees and other competences.

Tutkinnon keskeiset osaamistavoitteet ja vuositeemat

The objective of the TAMK BBA in International Business is to prepare undergraduates for tasks demanding business expertise and for entry-level managerial positions worldwide. The Programme is targeted at students who want to work in a multicultural environment. The students will learn basic business skills and acquire competence essential for success in today’s international working life. The Programme will challenge you to look for your field of expertise and career path in business. A key element of the Programme is a required period of study abroad.
More detailed descriptions of the TAMK BBA in International Business courses, study methods, and grounds for assessment can be found in the online curriculum of the Programme: 16IB
STRUCTURE OF STUDIES
The BBA Degree Programme consists of the following parts:
• Basic and Professional Studies (145 ECTS credit points) including a required International Study Exchange of 4 - 6 months,
• Free-Choice Studies (20 ECTS credit points),
• International Practical Training (30 ECTS credit points)
• Bachelor’s Thesis (15 ECTS credit points)
For Finnish nationals, both a semester of study abroad and a practical training placement abroad are required parts of the degree Programme. For the students of other nationalities, study and training periods abroad are highly recommended but not required.
First Year - Basics of International Business
During the first year of studies, the objective is to give the students a broad perspective on the business operations of a company, including computing and communication skills. A theoretical approach is combined with learning-by-doing. Students learn to apply theory in practice right from the start, as they establish and operate a fictional Practice Enterprise.
Working life skills and competence are developed through the Practice Enterprise, through other modes of learning, and in collaborative learning sessions under the guidance of a team coach. In addition to the supervising work on the Practice Enterprise throughout the first year, the coaches have an on-going role in promoting individual and team learning skills. Within their teams, students learn together and practice their collaboration skills.
The contents of the first year study are presented in detail in separate module guides, which are distributed to students at the beginning of the academic year.
Second Year – Choosing the Fields of Specialization
At the end of the first year, the students will start to plan their own career paths. The second year will give the students a deeper insight into the functions of an internationalizing company.
They can choose two specialization modules (each 15 ECTS credit points) out of the following 7 options: Marketing, Finance, Supply Chain Management, Tourism, Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Multicultural Management.
Third Year – Exchange Studies and Practical Training
During the third year, the students (Finnish nationals) choose a foreign partner university for their semester of study abroad (= 4 - 6 months). The International Business Programme has some 130 partner universities all over the world. In addition, students (Finnish nationals) will spend a further 5 months abroad in a practical training placement. It can be done anywhere in the world; students are free to arrange their training placements to suit their own international career plans.
Fourth Year – Bachelor’s Thesis and Developing Professional Expertise
Ideally, the organization where students did their practical training will also commission their Bachelor’s Thesis, which is a development project requiring them to apply their knowledge and expertise to solve a specific problem for the company concerned.
Free-Choice Studies, 15 ECTS credits points
The TAMK BBA in International Business offers a selection of Free-Choice Studies in English. In addition to that, the yearly selection varies according to themes offered by visiting guest lecturers from partner universities.
International Practical Training, 30 ECTS credit points
The International Practical Training in the TAMK BBA in International Business Programme is done abroad (The Finnish nationals). The 5 month supervised placement gives the BBA students a chance to learn more about their own field of specialization. It is a learning process which is beneficial for the student, the company providing the placement and TAMK School of Business and Services. For the students of other nationalities, study and training periods abroad are highly recommended but not required.
Bachelor's Thesis, 15 ECTS credit points
The objective of the Bachelor's Thesis is to combine theoretical knowledge with practical skills, and in this way to produce topical solutions for the organization's needs. The thesis is written following the practices of scientific reporting and with emphasis on practical solutions for existing problems within the organization concerned. It can be a planning or development task, a research, a product, or a guide done for a company, a branch of local government, or other organizations. Ideally, the students should find a practical case for their final thesis during the practical training. Writing the Bachelor's Thesis will take from four to six months, depending on the topic and level of difficulty.
STUDYING
By studying in TAMK BBA in International Business Programme students learn how to function in business life. Students learn the habit of planning and keeping to schedules, co-operation skills, and the ability to access, evaluate, and deploy useful information. Learning is carried out by using a variety of methods, such as
• contact teaching
• virtual studies
• blended learning
• case studies
• development discussions
• research and development assignments with companies
• intensive programmes with international partner universities
• independent studies
• team-based assignments
• individual company projects
• portfolios
Student performance is graded on a scale of 1-5, unless otherwise stated. Setting and reaching personal study goals is the responsibility of each individual student. If a problem should arise with their studies, students can get help from a number of sources; the coaches, teachers, study counsellors, final thesis supervisors, study secretaries, student tutors, and the Head of International Business Programme.

Sijoittuminen työelämään

Graduates from the TAMK BBA in International Business Programme face exciting professional opportunities in the fields, e.g. marketing, sales, export-import operations, product management, hospitality management and customer relations. TAMK graduates also work in supply chain management, project management or as consultants or entrepreneurs.

Jatko-opintomahdollisuudet

After BBA graduation, you will be eligible to apply for a Master’s Degree programme in Finland or abroad.
TAMK School of Business and Services provides a strong foundation for further studies in an internationally competitive, English-taught Master’s Degree Programme in International Business Management.
The Universities of Applied Sciences require 3 years of work experience from the field.

Opintosuoritukset ja niiden arviointi

Assessment of study performances is based on TAMK assessment criteria.
The detailed assessment criteria can be found in course implementation plans. The teaching and assessment methods are agreed on with students at the beginning of each course.

Valmistuminen

Completion of studies and achievement of competence objectives in the extent set by the curriculum.

Opintojen toteuttaminen

Day time teaching

Tutkinnon kehittäminen

The Ministry of Education and Culture’s definitions of policy and TAMK’s strategy have been considered in the curriculum.
The Degree Programme in International Business will be continuously developed based on the feedback from the students and employers.

Degree Programme in International Business
Tunnus
(24IB)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Autumn
Tunnus
(24KVIBS)
Degree Programme in International Business
Tunnus
(22IB)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Autumn
Tunnus
(23KVIBS)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Spring
Tunnus
(24KVIBK)
Degree Programme in International Business
Tunnus
(22IB)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Autumn
Tunnus
(22KVIBS)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Spring
Tunnus
(23KVIBK)
Degree Programme in International Business
Tunnus
(21IB)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Autumn
Tunnus
(21KVIBS)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Spring
Tunnus
(22KVIBK)
Degree Programme in International Business
Tunnus
(19IB)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Autumn
Tunnus
(20KVIBS)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Spring
Tunnus
(21KVIBK)
Degree Programme in International Business
Tunnus
(19IB)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Autumn
Tunnus
(19KVIBS)

Studies for Exchange Students, International Business, Spring
Tunnus
(20KVIBK)
Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 31.08.2023

Ajoitus

28.08.2023 - 11.12.2023

Laajuus

3 op

Virtuaaliosuus

1 op

Toteutustapa

67 % Lähiopetus, 33 % Etäopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Emmanuel Abruquah
  • Janne Hopeela
Vastuuhenkilö

Emmanuel Abruquah

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course deals with academic communication in sufficient depth and detail to enable students to present research work and write reports in academic style, as may be required for other courses in this degree programm. Most of the topics covered will also be relevant to writing a final thesis, so this course can be considered as a basic introduction to that process.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:

- Demonstrate familiarity with the principles of academic communication.
- Access and critically evaluate relevant source materials.
- Get familiar with the concept of plagiarism and know how to avoid it in their own work.
- Incorporate in-text references to source materials and compile a list of sources, following TAMK requirements.
- Produce academic texts which meet set criteria: clear, accurate and formal English, coherent structure.
- Present constructive and well-justified verbal arguments and feedback in formal, face-to-face academic settings, such as seminars and public lectures.
- Utilize resources and learning strategies to develop their own communication skills independently.

Sisältö (OJ)

What are the key features of academic communication and how does it differ from organizational communication?
What are the roles of verbal and written communication in the academic context?
What norms and standards must academic writing meet?
What stages must a a writer process to produce an academic text?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student communicates in comprehensible English overall and shows some awareness of the norms for different types of text. References to source materials are included where appropriate.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student's English is mainly clear and appropriate. Written work meets the norms for different types of text, including scientific reporting. Oral communication is professional. Requirements regarding participation, meeting deadlines etc. are mainly fulfilled.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student's written English is formal and accurate and displays appropriate variation in style, reports meet the norms for different types of text. He/she shows ability to access and select appropriate information. References to source materials are incorporated accurately and in a variety of ways, source materials are expertly paraphrased. Oral expression is fluent and professional.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

15.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Ajoitus

24.01.2024 - 08.05.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Emmanuel Abruquah
  • Janne Hopeela
Vastuuhenkilö

Emmanuel Abruquah

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course deals with academic communication in sufficient depth and detail to enable students to present research work and write reports in academic style, as may be required for other courses in this degree programm. Most of the topics covered will also be relevant to writing a final thesis, so this course can be considered as a basic introduction to that process.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:

- Demonstrate familiarity with the principles of academic communication.
- Access and critically evaluate relevant source materials.
- Get familiar with the concept of plagiarism and know how to avoid it in their own work.
- Incorporate in-text references to source materials and compile a list of sources, following TAMK requirements.
- Produce academic texts which meet set criteria: clear, accurate and formal English, coherent structure.
- Present constructive and well-justified verbal arguments and feedback in formal, face-to-face academic settings, such as seminars and public lectures.
- Utilize resources and learning strategies to develop their own communication skills independently.

Sisältö (OJ)

What are the key features of academic communication and how does it differ from organizational communication?
What are the roles of verbal and written communication in the academic context?
What norms and standards must academic writing meet?
What stages must a a writer process to produce an academic text?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student communicates in comprehensible English overall and shows some awareness of the norms for different types of text. References to source materials are included where appropriate.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student's English is mainly clear and appropriate. Written work meets the norms for different types of text, including scientific reporting. Oral communication is professional. Requirements regarding participation, meeting deadlines etc. are mainly fulfilled.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student's written English is formal and accurate and displays appropriate variation in style, reports meet the norms for different types of text. He/she shows ability to access and select appropriate information. References to source materials are incorporated accurately and in a variety of ways, source materials are expertly paraphrased. Oral expression is fluent and professional.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 22.01.2024

Ajoitus

13.02.2024 - 25.04.2024

Laajuus

6 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 35

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pasi Kuusijärvi
Vastuuhenkilö

Pasi Kuusijärvi

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course completes the students’ accounting and finance module studies and consists of two parts.

Firstly, the students study and learn about the working capital management concept and theory. Studying this part is linked to understanding of typical corporate life from start-up to growth company – and further on to the mature business phase.

Secondly, a selection of advanced industry-specific and other themes and topics are assigned to the students, enabling them to link their accounting and finance studies to their own favorite industries or some most motivating current themes and topics of today’s business life.

After completing the course, students will be able to:

Apply their finance and managerial accounting skills to industry-specific business cases.
See and analyze the big picture of working capital case-specifically, react immediately when necessary - and initiate business development actions based on the analysis.
Control the working capital professionally, using performance measures such as current ratio, turnover of inventory, turnovers of accounts receivable and payable, as well as gearing %.
Calculate the profitability of working capital investment using the net present value (NPV) method.
Identify the need for using advanced methods such as just-in-time (JIT) management, lean accounting and environmental accounting when necessary.
Create basic-level cash plans and cash flow forecasts.

Sisältö (OJ)

What is the working capital concept, and what is the strategic importance of it?
What is the working capital cycle, and how can working capital be managed successfully?
How can cash and inventory processes and balances be improved?
How can the management of trade receivables and payables as well as cash flows be enhanced?
What is gearing %, and how can it be used in practice?
Which industries, current trends and phenomena are potential ones for advanced accounting and finance efforts and applications?
When is it time for environmental or lean accounting, or e.g. for applying the just-in-time (JIT) method?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of cash management and working capital management, as well as some cash flow and digital finance related industry or case specific applications. He/she can take responsibility for his individual duties in routine cash and working capital management as well as related measurement and reporting activities, and is able to make some contribution in a group.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has the competence of applying and explaining the concepts and methods of cash and working capital management as well as performing cash flow and digital finance related industry or case specific analyses in controllable situations. He/she works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. He/she can solve cash and working capital management problems as well as work on cash flow and digital finance related measurement, reporting and development activities. His/her courses of action are well justified.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can analyse complex situations and produce alternative solution proposals to various cash and working capital management problems. He/she can produce cash flow and digital finance related industry or case specific analyses. He/she can apply his extensive knowledge and skills of the subject matter excellently in problem solving, experiments, and when working on cash flow and digital finance related analysis, reporting and business development activities. His/her courses of action are very well justified, and he can work individually, making remarkable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly with excellent commitment.

Arviointikriteerit, hyväksytty/hylätty (OJ)

The student does not perform in the course exam acceptably, or he/she does not complete the compulsory exercises, assignments and/or other compulsory items on the course agendas acceptably.

Aika ja paikka

From February 15 to April 25, 2024.

The first class will be there at TAMK Kuntokatu main campus on Feb 15, 2024.
The last class will be there at TAMK main campus Apr 25, 2024.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No written exam.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Student’s overall course grade is based on
1. the evaluation criteria of this course
2. active individual participation in the classes
3. performing the assigned exercises acceptably
4. his/her group assignment performance, including both contribution in the group's own report and action in an opposing team.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Learning discussions, group assignments, exercises, case studies, literature, lecturing.

Oppimateriaalit

Bhimani, A., Datar, S., Horngren, C.T. & Rajan, M. 2018. Management and Cost Accounting. 7th ed. Harlow, United Kingdom: Pearson Education. Especially chapters 13-14.
ISBN: 9781292232669. EISBN: 9781292232676.
https://andor.tuni.fi/permalink/358FIN_TAMPO/176jdvt/cdi_askewsholts_vlebooks_9781292232676

Other books and learning material will be informed to the course participants during the course implementation.

In addition, students and the groups of them perform task-specific data collection, as part of their exercises and group assignments.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Max. some 160 hours as workload; approx. 20 hours of that as contact teaching.

Sisällön jaksotus

Studying cash, investment and working capital management forms the first key part of the course, studying digital and sustainable finance the second/last part.

The study process 2024:
1. Introduction - incl. rehearsal about the liquidity and solvency measures
2. Cash Budget
3. Capital Budgeting - incl. especially the Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) methods (NPV, IRR, Payback)
4. The Cash Flow Statement (both the Indirect and Direct method)
5. Participation in the Eye on TAMK 2024 Intl Week (or a corresponding live or online event/webinar)
6. Working Capital Management - incl. also e.g. the Gearing-% measurement
7. Digital and Sustainable Finance - as Group assignment.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

No, there are not.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

A company visit, or a guest speaker making a visit to us is possible during the course implementation.

Kansainvälisyys

Participation in, at least, one guest lecture on Eye on TAMK 2024 Intl Week (or a corresponding live or online event/webinar) in spring 2024 is required.

In addition, the truly international group of students studies keenly together both during the classes at TAMK, and virtually.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Pasi Kuusijärvi, M.Sc. (Econ. & Bus. Adm.), AmO, HHJ PJ
Senior Lecturer, Accounting and Financial Management

Tampere University of Applied Sciences (TAMK)
Tampere, Finland

pasi.kuusijarvi@tuni.fi
Tel. +358 40 846 3052
www.tuni.fi

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 12.01.2024

Ajoitus

08.01.2024 - 23.02.2024

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pia Lamminsivu
Vastuuhenkilö

Pia Lamminsivu

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course introduces the basics of financial accounting. Students will learn bookkeeping in virtual companies.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Describe the basic concepts and principles of accounting
• Record basic business transactions in accounting

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the purposes of accounting and who are the users of accounting information?
• What is the conceptual framework in accounting?
• What are the phases of an accounting period?
• What does double-entry accounting mean?
• What is accounting equation?
• How are business transactions recorded in accounting?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognise and define fundamentals of financial accounting. He/she knows the stages of accounting period and is able to record basic financial transactions using bookkeeping software. The student takes responsibility for his/her own work in individual assignments.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting well. The student can use bookkeeping software at a basic level. The student takes responsibility for his/her own work and recognises and follows the important courses of action in the field.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting in an excellent manner. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student can use bookkeeping software well at a basic level. The student works responsibly and in a committed manner and develops his/her own and the group’s interaction.

Aika ja paikka

Weeks 2-8/2024

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Exam week 7/2024 (preliminary)

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- lectures
- assignments
- teamwork

Oppimateriaalit

The list of recommended litterature is available in course Moodle

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

2 ECTS, approximately 54 h

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

---

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

---

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has failed in achieving the objectives of the course.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. Student understands fundamentals of financial accounting and knows the basic functions of Fennoa book-keeping program.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has achieved the objectives of the course well although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. Student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting well. Student can use Fennoa book-keeping program at a basic level.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has achieved the objectives of the course excellently. The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting in an excellent manner. Student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. Student can use Fennoa book-keeping program well at a basic level.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 12.01.2024

Ajoitus

08.01.2024 - 23.02.2024

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pia Lamminsivu
Vastuuhenkilö

Pia Lamminsivu

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course introduces the basics of financial accounting. Students will learn bookkeeping in virtual companies.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Describe the basic concepts and principles of accounting
• Record basic business transactions in accounting

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the purposes of accounting and who are the users of accounting information?
• What is the conceptual framework in accounting?
• What are the phases of an accounting period?
• What does double-entry accounting mean?
• What is accounting equation?
• How are business transactions recorded in accounting?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognise and define fundamentals of financial accounting. He/she knows the stages of accounting period and is able to record basic financial transactions using bookkeeping software. The student takes responsibility for his/her own work in individual assignments.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting well. The student can use bookkeeping software at a basic level. The student takes responsibility for his/her own work and recognises and follows the important courses of action in the field.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting in an excellent manner. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student can use bookkeeping software well at a basic level. The student works responsibly and in a committed manner and develops his/her own and the group’s interaction.

Aika ja paikka

Weeks 2-8/2024

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Exam week 7/2024 (preliminary)

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- lectures
- assignments
- teamwork

Oppimateriaalit

The list of recommended litterature is available in course Moodle

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

2 ECTS, approximately 54 h

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

---

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

---

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has failed in achieving the objectives of the course.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. Student understands fundamentals of financial accounting and knows the basic functions of Fennoa book-keeping program.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has achieved the objectives of the course well although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. Student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting well. Student can use Fennoa book-keeping program at a basic level.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has achieved the objectives of the course excellently. The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting in an excellent manner. Student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. Student can use Fennoa book-keeping program well at a basic level.

Ilmoittautumisaika

06.02.2024 - 06.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 15.05.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Elena Grigorova
Vastuuhenkilö

Elena Grigorova

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course describes the first steps of the internationalization process of small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs). Students learn to make a basic market analysis of a new target market for a company. Students analyze international marketing environment (macro and micro) of the target country and help the company with their internationalization plan.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Search for market information of a new target market
• Describe the contents of an international market analysis.
• Analyze international marketing environment of a target country
• Apply the knowledge of the market analysis to company’s internationalization plan.
• Work effectively in a multicultural team.

Sisältö (OJ)

• How to find market information of a new target market?
• What is international market analysis?
• What are the special features of international marketing environment?
• What knowledge is needed when entering into a new target country?
• How to work effectively in a multicultural team?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is familiar with basic concepts of international business. He/she is aware of common export modes. The student knows how to identify factors that indicate potential export markets in order to define market entry modes. The student can identify selected sources of market information and apply that knowledge in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working in a multicultural team.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has comprehensive knowledge of the concepts used in international business. He/she can analyse and select suitable export modes. The student knows how to identify and evaluate the factors indicating promising export market potential and is able to match them with the most suitable market entry modes. The student can identify a variety of sources of market information and relate that knowledge in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working effectively in a multicultural team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has extensive knowledge of the concepts used in international business. He/she can identify, analyse and select the accurate export modes in a variety of situations. The student knows how to identify and evaluate the factors indicating strong export market potential and is able to match them with the most suitable market entry modes. The student can identify an extensive variety of sources of market information. He/she can utilize and apply that market information in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working effectively and productively in a multicultural team.

Aika ja paikka

On campus according to the timetable

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

See Methods and Grounds for Evaluation

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

The assessment is based on successful completion of the following tasks and assignments:
• project for the commissioner's company (report and presentation)
• written exam
• course participation

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lectures, group work, independent study, research, project work

Oppimateriaalit

• Course book: International Business: The New Realities, Knight, Gary; Riesenberger, John; Cavusgil, S. Tamer, 2016
• Materials in Moodle

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Total hours: 3 cr x 27 h = 81 h including:
• contact lessons 21 hours (7 x 3 h)
• independent study and research 60 hours

Sisällön jaksotus

• Sources of information for international market analysis
• Foreign market selection criteria
• External business environment (PESTEL analysis of a given market)
• Entry modes to a foreign market

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

If a student has completed corresponding studies at another university or university of applied sciences, the student may apply for credit transfer through HyväHot / CreTa system.

Such cases have to be discussed with the course teacher at the beginning of the course, and students may be required to complete additional assignments to demonstrate their knowledge and skills.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

The main project of the course is carried out in cooperation with a commissioner (Finnish company).

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Mandatory attendance - 80%
Active participation in group work
Research skills

Ilmoittautumisaika

06.02.2024 - 06.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 15.05.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Elena Grigorova
Vastuuhenkilö

Elena Grigorova

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course describes the first steps of the internationalization process of small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs). Students learn to make a basic market analysis of a new target market for a company. Students analyze international marketing environment (macro and micro) of the target country and help the company with their internationalization plan.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Search for market information of a new target market
• Describe the contents of an international market analysis.
• Analyze international marketing environment of a target country
• Apply the knowledge of the market analysis to company’s internationalization plan.
• Work effectively in a multicultural team.

Sisältö (OJ)

• How to find market information of a new target market?
• What is international market analysis?
• What are the special features of international marketing environment?
• What knowledge is needed when entering into a new target country?
• How to work effectively in a multicultural team?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is familiar with basic concepts of international business. He/she is aware of common export modes. The student knows how to identify factors that indicate potential export markets in order to define market entry modes. The student can identify selected sources of market information and apply that knowledge in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working in a multicultural team.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has comprehensive knowledge of the concepts used in international business. He/she can analyse and select suitable export modes. The student knows how to identify and evaluate the factors indicating promising export market potential and is able to match them with the most suitable market entry modes. The student can identify a variety of sources of market information and relate that knowledge in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working effectively in a multicultural team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has extensive knowledge of the concepts used in international business. He/she can identify, analyse and select the accurate export modes in a variety of situations. The student knows how to identify and evaluate the factors indicating strong export market potential and is able to match them with the most suitable market entry modes. The student can identify an extensive variety of sources of market information. He/she can utilize and apply that market information in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working effectively and productively in a multicultural team.

Aika ja paikka

On campus according to the timetable

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

See Methods and Grounds for Evaluation

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

The assessment is based on successful completion of the following tasks and assignments:
• project for the commissioner's company (report and presentation)
• written exam
• course participation

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lectures, group work, independent study, research, project work

Oppimateriaalit

• Course book: International Business: The New Realities, Knight, Gary; Riesenberger, John; Cavusgil, S. Tamer, 2016
• Materials in Moodle

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Total hours: 3 cr x 27 h = 81 h including:
• contact lessons 21 hours (7 x 3 h)
• independent study and research 60 hours

Sisällön jaksotus

• Sources of information for international market analysis
• Foreign market selection criteria
• External business environment (PESTEL analysis of a given market)
• Entry modes to a foreign market

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

If a student has completed corresponding studies at another university or university of applied sciences, the student may apply for credit transfer through HyväHot / CreTa system.

Such cases have to be discussed with the course teacher at the beginning of the course, and students may be required to complete additional assignments to demonstrate their knowledge and skills.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

The main project of the course is carried out in cooperation with a commissioner (Finnish company).

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Mandatory attendance - 80%
Active participation in group work
Research skills

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 31.08.2023

Ajoitus

01.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Opetuskielet
  • Suomi
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Mari Touronen
Vastuuhenkilö

Mari Touronen

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Kurssi on tarkoitettu IB:n suomenkielisille opiskelijoille. Kurssilla perehdytään asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteisiin ja harjoitellaan kirjoittamaan työ- ja liike-elämän kirjallisia viestejä, kuten liikekirjeitä ja muistioita. Kurssilla kerrataan ja harjoitellaan myös suomen kielen oikeinkirjoitusta.

Kurssin suoritettuaan, opiskelija:

Osoittaa perehtyneisyyttä asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteisiin.
Osaa käyttää ja soveltaa asiakirjastandardia alansa tyypillisissä kirjoitteissa.
Osaa viestiä asiatyylisesti ja vakuuttavasti ottaen huomioon vastaanottajan, tilanteen ja alan käytänteet.
Ymmärtää oikeakielisyyden merkityksen osana viestinnällistä ammattitaitoaan ja yrityksen imagoa.
Osaa arvioida ja kehittää viestintäosaamistaan.

Sisältö (OJ)

Mitkä ovat asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteet?
Millainen on asiakirjastandardin rakenne ja mitä hyötyä sen hallitsemisesta on?
Miten laaditaan työ- ja liike-elämän yleisimmät kirjoitteet?
Mikä on kielenhuollon merkitys työelämässä?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

Opiskelija osaa laatia liike-elämän asiakirjoja ja viestejä annettujen ohjeiden ja mallien mukaisesti. Opiskelija viestii keskeiset asiat ymmärrettävästi alansa eri viestintätilanteissa ja osaa hyödyntää viestintävälineitä.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

Opiskelija viestii liike-elämän eri tilanteissa sujuvasti, jäsentyneesti, ymmärrettävästi ja kiinnostavasti. Opiskelija ottaa viestiessään huomioon vastaanottajan ja tilanteen. Opiskelija osaa tulkita viestintäkumppaninsa toimintaa ja vastata siihen yhteistyötä rakentaen esim. myynti- ja asiakaspalvelutilanteissa.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

Opiskelija viestii liike-elämän eri tilanteissa sujuvasti, jäsentyneesti, ymmärrettävästi ja kiinnostavasti. Opiskelija ottaa viestiessään huomioon vastaanottajan ja tilanteen. Opiskelija osaa tulkita viestintäkumppaninsa toimintaa ja vastata siihen yhteistyötä rakentaen esim. myynti- ja asiakaspalvelutilanteissa.

Aika ja paikka

Perjantaisin 1.9. alkaen klo 8-11 lähiopetuksena. Tila ilmoitetaan myöhemmin. Etäopetus Zoomissa, linkki etäopetukseen opintojakson Moodlessa.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Kielenhuollon testi 13.10. tai erikseen sovittavana ajankohtana.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lähi- ja etäopetus, tunti- ja kotitehtävät, työskentely pääosin pareittain ja pienryhmissä.

Oppimateriaalit

Oppimateriaali jaetaan opintojakson Moodlessa.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Opintojakson laajuus on 2 op, joka edellyttää 54 tuntia opiskelijan työskentelyä.

Sisällön jaksotus

Asiatyylinen viestintä
Liike-elämän viestintä
Markkinoinnin ja mainonnan tekstit
Verkkoviestintä

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

AHOT-menettely

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Ei ole.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Opintojakson arviointi muodostuu kielenhuollon testin tuloksesta (40 %) ja tiedotteesta (60 %). Arviointiin vaikuttaa myös opiskelija tuntiaktiivisuus.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 04.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 31.05.2024

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Mari Touronen
Vastuuhenkilö

Mari Touronen

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Kurssi on tarkoitettu IB:n suomenkielisille opiskelijoille. Kurssilla perehdytään asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteisiin ja harjoitellaan kirjoittamaan työ- ja liike-elämän kirjallisia viestejä, kuten liikekirjeitä ja muistioita. Kurssilla kerrataan ja harjoitellaan myös suomen kielen oikeinkirjoitusta.

Kurssin suoritettuaan, opiskelija:

Osoittaa perehtyneisyyttä asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteisiin.
Osaa käyttää ja soveltaa asiakirjastandardia alansa tyypillisissä kirjoitteissa.
Osaa viestiä asiatyylisesti ja vakuuttavasti ottaen huomioon vastaanottajan, tilanteen ja alan käytänteet.
Ymmärtää oikeakielisyyden merkityksen osana viestinnällistä ammattitaitoaan ja yrityksen imagoa.
Osaa arvioida ja kehittää viestintäosaamistaan.

Sisältö (OJ)

Mitkä ovat asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteet?
Millainen on asiakirjastandardin rakenne ja mitä hyötyä sen hallitsemisesta on?
Miten laaditaan työ- ja liike-elämän yleisimmät kirjoitteet?
Mikä on kielenhuollon merkitys työelämässä?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

Opiskelija osaa laatia liike-elämän asiakirjoja ja viestejä annettujen ohjeiden ja mallien mukaisesti. Opiskelija viestii keskeiset asiat ymmärrettävästi alansa eri viestintätilanteissa ja osaa hyödyntää viestintävälineitä.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

Opiskelija viestii liike-elämän eri tilanteissa sujuvasti, jäsentyneesti, ymmärrettävästi ja kiinnostavasti. Opiskelija ottaa viestiessään huomioon vastaanottajan ja tilanteen. Opiskelija osaa tulkita viestintäkumppaninsa toimintaa ja vastata siihen yhteistyötä rakentaen esim. myynti- ja asiakaspalvelutilanteissa.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

Opiskelija viestii liike-elämän eri tilanteissa sujuvasti, jäsentyneesti, ymmärrettävästi ja kiinnostavasti. Opiskelija ottaa viestiessään huomioon vastaanottajan ja tilanteen. Opiskelija osaa tulkita viestintäkumppaninsa toimintaa ja vastata siihen yhteistyötä rakentaen esim. myynti- ja asiakaspalvelutilanteissa.

Aika ja paikka

2. periodissa 4.3. alkaen pääosin lähiopetuksena. Tila ilmoitetaan myöhemmin.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Kielenhuollon testi opintojakson lopussa.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lähi- ja etäopetus, tunti- ja kotitehtävät, työskentely pääosin pareittain ja pienryhmissä.

Oppimateriaalit

Oppimateriaali jaetaan opintojakson Moodlessa.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Opintojakson laajuus on 2 op, joka edellyttää 54 tuntia opiskelijan työskentelyä.

Sisällön jaksotus

Asiatyylinen viestintä
Liike-elämän viestintä
Markkinoinnin ja mainonnan tekstit
Verkkoviestintä

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

AHOT-menettely

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Ei ole.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Opintojakson arviointi muodostuu kielenhuollon testin tuloksesta (40 %) ja tiedotteesta (60 %). Arviointiin vaikuttaa myös opiskelija tuntiaktiivisuus.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

30.08.2023 - 23.10.2023

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Antti Vuento
  • Annikka Lepola
Vastuuhenkilö

Annikka Lepola

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

In this course students operate as a management team of a global company. Management teams come up with a company strategy and make decisions to maximize the profits and company value. Company operations are carried out in a business simulation game in a competitive team environment.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:

Utilize the role of strategy as a key success factor.
Explain the interdependence between the different company operations.
Demonstrate knowledge and skills in financial review, company analysis, and strategy formulation.
Utilize tools for entrepreneurial thinking.

Sisältö (OJ)

What is a role of a strategy to manage a company?
How does product portfolio, pricing, marketing and product features impact the demand of the product?
How to analyze company's financial performance and how to impact it?
How to work as a successful team utilizing each team players' strengths?

Lisätiedot (OJ)

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student participates in the team work but is able to read the market and company information and utilise that data in decision making if assisted. The student struggles to see the link between the decisions in different company functions and the financial outcome.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student actively participates in the teamwork and completes all the required tasks with good quality. The student is able to analyse the market and company information in order to form a company strategy. The student participates actively in decision making enabling the improvement of the company status. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a presentation about the company's strategy and value, and answer questions related to these topics.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student actively participates in the teamwork and demonstrates a problem-solving attitude. The student successfully analyses the market and company information in order to form a rational company strategy and is able to make decisions aligned with the chosen strategy. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a clear and justified presentation about the company's strategy and the company's value. The student is able to answer various questions about the market situation and the company's value proposal.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

24.09.2023 - 27.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Antti Vuento
  • Annikka Lepola
Vastuuhenkilö

Syed Mubaraz

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

In this course students operate as a management team of a global company. Management teams come up with a company strategy and make decisions to maximize the profits and company value. Company operations are carried out in a business simulation game in a competitive team environment.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:

Utilize the role of strategy as a key success factor.
Explain the interdependence between the different company operations.
Demonstrate knowledge and skills in financial review, company analysis, and strategy formulation.
Utilize tools for entrepreneurial thinking.

Sisältö (OJ)

What is a role of a strategy to manage a company?
How does product portfolio, pricing, marketing and product features impact the demand of the product?
How to analyze company's financial performance and how to impact it?
How to work as a successful team utilizing each team players' strengths?

Lisätiedot (OJ)

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student participates in the team work but is able to read the market and company information and utilise that data in decision making if assisted. The student struggles to see the link between the decisions in different company functions and the financial outcome.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student actively participates in the teamwork and completes all the required tasks with good quality. The student is able to analyse the market and company information in order to form a company strategy. The student participates actively in decision making enabling the improvement of the company status. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a presentation about the company's strategy and value, and answer questions related to these topics.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student actively participates in the teamwork and demonstrates a problem-solving attitude. The student successfully analyses the market and company information in order to form a rational company strategy and is able to make decisions aligned with the chosen strategy. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a clear and justified presentation about the company's strategy and the company's value. The student is able to answer various questions about the market situation and the company's value proposal.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 10.01.2024

Ajoitus

11.01.2024 - 22.02.2024

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Katri Koli
  • Antti Vuento
Vastuuhenkilö

Antti Vuento

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

In this course students operate as a management team of a global company. Management teams come up with a company strategy and make decisions to maximize the profits and company value. Company operations are carried out in a business simulation game in a competitive team environment.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:

Utilize the role of strategy as a key success factor.
Explain the interdependence between the different company operations.
Demonstrate knowledge and skills in financial review, company analysis, and strategy formulation.
Utilize tools for entrepreneurial thinking.

Sisältö (OJ)

What is a role of a strategy to manage a company?
How does product portfolio, pricing, marketing and product features impact the demand of the product?
How to analyze company's financial performance and how to impact it?
How to work as a successful team utilizing each team players' strengths?

Lisätiedot (OJ)

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student participates in the team work but is able to read the market and company information and utilise that data in decision making if assisted. The student struggles to see the link between the decisions in different company functions and the financial outcome.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student actively participates in the teamwork and completes all the required tasks with good quality. The student is able to analyse the market and company information in order to form a company strategy. The student participates actively in decision making enabling the improvement of the company status. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a presentation about the company's strategy and value, and answer questions related to these topics.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student actively participates in the teamwork and demonstrates a problem-solving attitude. The student successfully analyses the market and company information in order to form a rational company strategy and is able to make decisions aligned with the chosen strategy. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a clear and justified presentation about the company's strategy and the company's value. The student is able to answer various questions about the market situation and the company's value proposal.

Aika ja paikka

Sessions on campus according to the schedule in Pakki.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No exam, grade mainly based on the game performance

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Main criterion: performance / ranking in the game.
Also given assignments, activity and final presentation affect the grade.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Game simulation (group work), lectures, coaching

Oppimateriaalit

Materials available in Moodle

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

4 credit points (27 hours per credit point)

Sisällön jaksotus

Two practice rounds in the first session. Several actual rounds in the game after that. The schedule of the rounds will be presented during the first lecture. The course will end with the final presentation.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Game simulation relates to a real world business case (no real company involved)

Kansainvälisyys

Game simulation is based on global business

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N/A

Ilmoittautumisaika

24.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salman Saleem
Vastuuhenkilö

Salman Saleem

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This business planning course provides both basic theory and hands-on guidance to business planning. Primary objective is for students to learn the basics of business planning (1st period) and be able to create such a plan (2nd period) for a virtual company.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the structure of a typical business plan
• Describe the purpose of each element of the business plan
• Apply basic business planning principles

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the features of a good business plan?
• How to create business plan for the virtual company?
• How to determine prices for the products and services?
• Which actions should be taken when implementing a business plan?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

Business Planning 1

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can name the core elements of a business plan and a business model. The student is able to create a viable business plan including the business model. He/she is able to give and receive feedback related to business planning and collaborate in a small group on business planning tasks. The student takes responsibility of his/her own studies related to business planning.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to explain the core elements of a business plan and the core elements of a business model. He/she can create a coherent and credible business plan including the business model. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback related to business planning and take responsibility of his/her studies and group work related to business planning.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can use additional and recent sources to extend knowledge of business planning and business models. The student is able to justify the decisions in the business plan with proper analysis and commit himself/herself to individual studies and group work related to business planning.

Aika ja paikka

Sessions will be held according to the schedule in Pakki.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

The final exam will be given at the last class meeting

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

Required Textbook
Osterwalder, A., & Pigneur, Y. (2010). Business model generation: a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers (Vol. 1). John Wiley & Sons.

Additional course material, such as blogs, videos, blogs, and short articles, will be provided in Moodle Workspace.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to the TAMK schedule, ECT credits, and Moodle timing instructions.
Students are expected to:
- Attend lessons
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Details are given in the first lesson

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Project work/case studies

Kansainvälisyys

Cases and discussion, global operational business environment, international collaborative projects.

Ilmoittautumisaika

24.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salman Saleem
Vastuuhenkilö

Salman Saleem

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This business planning course provides both basic theory and hands-on guidance to business planning. Primary objective is for students to learn the basics of business planning (1st period) and be able to create such a plan (2nd period) for a virtual company.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the structure of a typical business plan
• Describe the purpose of each element of the business plan
• Apply basic business planning principles

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the features of a good business plan?
• How to create business plan for the virtual company?
• How to determine prices for the products and services?
• Which actions should be taken when implementing a business plan?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

Business Planning 1

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can name the core elements of a business plan and a business model. The student is able to create a viable business plan including the business model. He/she is able to give and receive feedback related to business planning and collaborate in a small group on business planning tasks. The student takes responsibility of his/her own studies related to business planning.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to explain the core elements of a business plan and the core elements of a business model. He/she can create a coherent and credible business plan including the business model. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback related to business planning and take responsibility of his/her studies and group work related to business planning.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can use additional and recent sources to extend knowledge of business planning and business models. The student is able to justify the decisions in the business plan with proper analysis and commit himself/herself to individual studies and group work related to business planning.

Aika ja paikka

Sessions will be held according to the schedule in Pakki.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

The final exam will be given at the last class meeting

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

Required Textbook
Osterwalder, A., & Pigneur, Y. (2010). Business model generation: a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers (Vol. 1). John Wiley & Sons.

Additional course material, such as blogs, videos, blogs, and short articles, will be provided in Moodle Workspace.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to the TAMK schedule, ECT credits, and Moodle timing instructions.
Students are expected to:
- Attend lessons
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Details are given in the first lesson

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Project work/case studies

Kansainvälisyys

Cases and discussion, global operational business environment, international collaborative projects.

Ilmoittautumisaika

15.08.2023 - 23.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

Liiketalous ja media

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Kai Hintsanen
Vastuuhenkilö

Kai Hintsanen

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki
  • 21IB
    International Business, syksy 2021, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course aims at improving the students’ understanding of conflict management, resolution and communication, in a company or organizational environment. Furthermore, crisis communication is among the essential topics of this course. There is an increasing need for settling disputes between individuals and groups of individuals, as a result of internationalization of business and a variety of financial restraints that cause tension among management and personnel of a company (internal conflict management). External conflict management deals with measures a company must take in order to control its brand, image, customer and stakeholder relations, in circumstances of uncertainties and even open conflicts. It is suitable for students who are interested in developing one’s conflict and crisis management abilities, especially in terms of communication.

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
• understand basics of conflict management and resolution in a company.
• understand crisis communication in organizational environment.

Sisältö (OJ)

The contents include the followings:
• demonstrations, examples,creation of conflict and crisis resolution strategy/plans,
• communication rehearsals and analyses.

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

None.

Lisätiedot (OJ)

Implementation Plan.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can name basic concepts of conflict management, change and crisis communication and the ways of influencing (lobbying). He/she is able to recognise situations where those communication skills are needed. He/she knows the significance of those in terms of advocating welfare of the organisation he/she represents. He/she is able to apply the tools and best practices in simple cases.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student can explain why conflict management, change and crisis communication, and influencing are important for any organisation. He/she has, to some extent, the ability to apply theories on them in conjunction with real life cases. He/she is able to participate in producing credible and implementable plans for situations where these are needed. The student is able to act in a sustainable way ethically in delicate conflict and crisis situations.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to take initiative in complex conflict and crisis situations, as well as in lobbying for his/her organisation. He/she is able to co-lead the group responsibly for prompt action that is often required, in terms of preserving the organisation from winding up in further predicament. He/she can be entrusted the role of a spokesperson and mediator even in demanding conflict and crisis cases. He/she understands the significance of trustworthy appearance while addressing demanding cases on behalf of his/her organisation.

Aika ja paikka

Begins on Sept 1, 2021.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

None.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Assessment will be performed on a scale 0-5.
The assignments will be graded and the average will be the final grade.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lectures, distance learning, exercises, demonstrations, cases, videos.

Oppimateriaalit

Materials provided by the teachers in Moodle.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Online teaching 15 hours
Exercises 30 hours
Reading the materials 40 hours
Preparing a video + handout 15 hours

Sisällön jaksotus

100% online course, doable in student's own pace.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

none.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Work place cases.

Kansainvälisyys

International examples.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

-

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student fails to submit the given assignments as required.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can name basic concepts of conflict management, change and crisis communication and the ways of influencing (lobbying). He/she is able to recognise situations where these communication skills are needed. He/she knows the significance of these in terms of advocating the welfare of the organisation he/she represents. He/she is able to apply the tools and best practices in simple cases.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can explain why conflict management, change and crisis communication, and influencing are important for any organisation. He/she has, to some extent, the ability to apply theories on them in conjunction with real-life cases. He/she is able to participate in producing credible and implementable plans for situations where these are needed. The student is able to act in a sustainable way ethically in delicate conflict and crisis situations.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to take initiative in complex conflict and crisis situations, as well as in lobbying for his/her organisation. He/she is able to co-lead the group responsibly for prompt action that is often required, in terms of preserving the organisation from winding up in a further predicament. He/she can be entrusted the role of a spokesperson and mediator even in demanding conflict and crisis cases. He/she understands the significance of trustworthy appearance while addressing demanding cases on behalf of his/her organisation.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 22.01.2024

Ajoitus

23.01.2024 - 06.03.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Kai Hintsanen
Vastuuhenkilö

Kai Hintsanen

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course aims at improving the students’ understanding of conflict management, resolution and communication, in a company or organizational environment. Furthermore, crisis communication is among the essential topics of this course. There is an increasing need for settling disputes between individuals and groups of individuals, as a result of internationalization of business and a variety of financial restraints that cause tension among management and personnel of a company (internal conflict management). External conflict management deals with measures a company must take in order to control its brand, image, customer and stakeholder relations, in circumstances of uncertainties and even open conflicts. It is suitable for students who are interested in developing one’s conflict and crisis management abilities, especially in terms of communication.

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
• understand basics of conflict management and resolution in a company.
• understand crisis communication in organizational environment.

Sisältö (OJ)

The contents include the followings:
• demonstrations, examples,creation of conflict and crisis resolution strategy/plans,
• communication rehearsals and analyses.

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

None.

Lisätiedot (OJ)

Implementation Plan.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can name basic concepts of conflict management, change and crisis communication and the ways of influencing (lobbying). He/she is able to recognise situations where those communication skills are needed. He/she knows the significance of those in terms of advocating welfare of the organisation he/she represents. He/she is able to apply the tools and best practices in simple cases.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student can explain why conflict management, change and crisis communication, and influencing are important for any organisation. He/she has, to some extent, the ability to apply theories on them in conjunction with real life cases. He/she is able to participate in producing credible and implementable plans for situations where these are needed. The student is able to act in a sustainable way ethically in delicate conflict and crisis situations.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to take initiative in complex conflict and crisis situations, as well as in lobbying for his/her organisation. He/she is able to co-lead the group responsibly for prompt action that is often required, in terms of preserving the organisation from winding up in further predicament. He/she can be entrusted the role of a spokesperson and mediator even in demanding conflict and crisis cases. He/she understands the significance of trustworthy appearance while addressing demanding cases on behalf of his/her organisation.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

05.06.2023 - 25.09.2023

Ajoitus

18.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

10 op

TKI-osuus

10 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 40

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Katri Koli
Vastuuhenkilö

Katri Koli

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course goes through the different steps of product or service design process in practice. It gives a good understanding of how the idea is developed into a ready product or service. The course approach is practical: teams of 3-4 students pick up project from a commissioning company/organization or start project of their own.

After completing the course, students will be able to:
• Apply the concepts and theories of product and service design into practice
• Carry out consultation projects in product and service design area
• Accomplish the project, analyze and report the results to customer
• Plan and implement a project independently and as member of a team.

Sisältö (OJ)

How to implement product design project in practice?
How to implement service design project in practice?
How to manage the customer interface in consultation projects?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can apply the concepts and theories of product and service design into practice. He/she can carry out simple consultation projects in product and service design area. Under supervision and with the support of a mentor, the student is able to accomplish the project and report the results to the customer. He/she can support a consultation project as member of a team.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is familiar with the concepts and theories of product and service design and can utilise these concepts in a practical business case consultation project. He/she can independently and as a member of a group carry out consultation projects in the product and service design area. The student is able to plan, implement, and evaluate consultation projects and is able to report the project results to the customer. He/she can contribute to the outcomes of a consultation project as member of a team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has in-depth understanding of the concepts and theories of product and service design and can utilise these concepts in a practical business case consultation project. He/she can independently and as a member of a group carry out consultation projects in the product and service design area, plus he/she is able to reflect on his/her own service design work progress. The student is able to plan, implement, and evaluate consultation projects and is able to report the project results to the customer. He/she can contribute and enhance the outcomes of a consultation project as member of a team. The student actively facilitates the outcome of the consultation project.

Aika ja paikka

Mondays 11-14 workshops with teacher (H4-07)
Wednesdays 11-14 time reserved for group work (to be agreed by each group separately)

First workshop on Monday 18th September (starting the work)
Last workshop on Monday 11th December (presenting the results)

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No exam

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Evaluation methods and grounds presented in the first workshop

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Workshops, Group work, Individual work, Problem-based learning

Oppimateriaalit

Project work is based on materials from Innovations and Business Management course. Additional material provided in Moodle as needed.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Student workload 10x 27h = 270h

Workshops with teacher 12x 3h = 36h
Workshops with group (on Wednesdays) 11x 3h = 33h
Other group work and individual work 201h

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

-

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Consultation projects are based on real-world design challenges provided by actual companies. Students are encouraged to find suitable company and challenge themselves.

Kansainvälisyys

Possible to collaborate with international companies

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 25.09.2023

Ajoitus

18.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

10 op

TKI-osuus

10 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 40

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Jarmo Tuominiemi
Vastuuhenkilö

Jarmo Tuominiemi

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Learning outcomes of the course unit
This course will cover how innovation supports entrepreneurs through the creation of new businesses opportunities, capturing of new markets and improved organizational effectiveness. The course will focus on the role of innovation in the entrepreneurial process and how innovation can be transformed into ongoing new ventures. Innovation and entrepreneurship theories and concepts will be applied in real life business cases. The course approach is practical: teams of 3-4 students pick up a project from a commissioning company/organization or start project of their own.

After completing the course, students will be able to:
• Understand the role of innovation in the context of entrepreneurship
• Carry out consultation projects with a focus on entrepreneurship
• Accomplish the project, analyze and report the results to customer
• Plan and implement a project independently and as member of a team.

Sisältö (OJ)

• How to utilize innovation in the context of entrepreneurship
• How to convert ideas to innovation?
• How to commercialize innovations?
• How to implement innovation management in start-up companies
• How to consult entrepreneurs on innovation

Lisätiedot (OJ)

This course will be taught in conjunction with the course “INNOVATIONS AND BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (5 credits)”

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to apply the concepts and theories of innovation into practice by carrying out simple consultation projects for startups or SME:s. Under supervision and with the support of a mentor, the student is able to accomplish the project and report the results to the customer. He/she can support a consultation project as member of a team.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is familiar with the concepts and theories of innovation and can utilize them in a practical small business case consultation project. He/she can independently and as a member of a group carry out consultation project for startups or SMEs. The student is able to plan, implement, and evaluate consultation projects and report the project results to the customer. He/she can contribute to the outcomes of a consultation project as a member of a team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has in-depth understanding of the concepts and theories of innovation and he/she can utilise these concepts in a practical small business case consultation project. He/she can independently, or in a leading role in a team, carry out consultation projects for startups and SMEs. The student is able to plan, implement, and report the project to the customer. The student is able to reflect on his/hers own as well as team work process. He/she can facilitate, contribute and enhance the outcomes of a consultation project as a leading member of a team.

Aika ja paikka

Mondays 11-14 workshops with teacher (B3-27)
Wednesdays 11-14 time reserved for group work (to be agreed by each group separately)
First workshop on Monday 18th September (starting the work)
Last workshop on Monday 11th December (presenting the results)

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No Exam

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Evaluation methods and grounds presented in the first workshop

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Workshops, Group work, Individual work, Problem-based learning

Oppimateriaalit

Project work is based on materials from Innovations and Business Management course and additional material provided in Moodle.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Student workload 10x 27h = 270h

Workshops with teacher 12x 3h = 36h
Workshops with group (on Wednesdays) 11x 3h = 33h
Other group work and individual work 201h

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Consultation projects are based on real-world design challenges provided by actual companies. Students are encouraged to find suitable company and challenge themselves.

Kansainvälisyys

Possible to collaborate with international companies

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 10.01.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Petteri Vilén
Vastuuhenkilö

Petteri Vilén

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course covers the basic aspects of corporate finance, the structure and functions of financial markets and elements of decision making on financial questions.
After completing the course, students will be able to:

- Compare the investment opportunities of a company and define their profitability by using alternative investment decision criteria
- Compare the alternative sources of corporate financing
- Calculate the cost of capital
- Define how risk relates to return
- Describe the structure and functions of financial markets

Sisältö (OJ)

- How do companies compare different investment opportunities?
- What are the alternative sources of corporate financing?
- How are risk and return related?
- How is the cost of capital defined?
- What is the structure and what are the functions of financial markets?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to explain the fundamentals of corporate finance. The student recognises and is able to determine and to a certain extent use the fundamental concepts and models of corporate finance.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts and models of corporate finance. He/she can use different methods to evaluate investment opportunities and understands how risk and return are related.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student masters the fundamental concepts and models of corporate finance in an excellent manner. He/she is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learned understanding of the framework of financial markets.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Petteri Vilén
Vastuuhenkilö

Petteri Vilén

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course covers the basic aspects of corporate finance, the structure and functions of financial markets and elements of decision making on financial questions.
After completing the course, students will be able to:

- Compare the investment opportunities of a company and define their profitability by using alternative investment decision criteria
- Compare the alternative sources of corporate financing
- Calculate the cost of capital
- Define how risk relates to return
- Describe the structure and functions of financial markets

Sisältö (OJ)

- How do companies compare different investment opportunities?
- What are the alternative sources of corporate financing?
- How are risk and return related?
- How is the cost of capital defined?
- What is the structure and what are the functions of financial markets?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to explain the fundamentals of corporate finance. The student recognises and is able to determine and to a certain extent use the fundamental concepts and models of corporate finance.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts and models of corporate finance. He/she can use different methods to evaluate investment opportunities and understands how risk and return are related.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student masters the fundamental concepts and models of corporate finance in an excellent manner. He/she is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learned understanding of the framework of financial markets.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

06.02.2024 - 29.04.2024

Ajoitus

30.04.2024 - 15.05.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Jarmo Tuominiemi
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course is an independent continuation to the course Marketing in the Digital World. Contemporary digital marketing analytics tools are introduced in order to give the students basic skills in measuring the effectiveness of marketing actions. The students will also learn how to efficiently use information about customer needs and use experiences to develop customer relationships. It investigates the concepts of customer journey and value creation in the context of developing integrated marketing and enhancing customer experience.

After completing this course the students will be able to
• describe and use the concept of customer journey in analyzing
customer experience
• use some of the digital marketing analytics tools
• use the information to develop customer relationships and
marketing effectiveness

Sisältö (OJ)

What is customer journey and how is it exploited in marketing planning?
What are the contents and meaning of value creation and customer experience in the context of customer relationships?
What kind of marketing analytics tools are available to measure and analyze marketing effectiveness?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

Introduction to Marketing or equivalent and marketing in the Digital World or equivalent.

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student knows the basics of customer journey and needs. The student can use the basic terms and can define customer experience. Student recognises and defines the importance of customer experience in marketing. The student can perform the given tasks with routine performance. Student has been partly active in participating in the teamwork.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student applies customer journey mapping methods and analytical tools accordingly. The student is able to link structures between marketing and customer experience. He/she cooperates responsibly and has participated in the team work and classes actively contributing to the final outcome with his/her knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student masters the concepts and models of customer experience, journey and analytics. He/she is able to conduct fluent and reasoned customer journey analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The individual contribution in the class and team has been especially active.

Aika ja paikka

Lessons/ workshops according to the Pakki schedule

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

N/A

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being
See objectives in course description

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

The course consists of online lessons with supporting workshops, individual assignments, team work, and team presentations. Projects could be a continuation from Marketing in the Digital World cases.

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Articles
- Case studies
- Videos
- Assigned E-books

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

The course will be intensive. Students should be prepared for even load throughout the course.

Sisällön jaksotus

Course content will be reviewed in the first lesson module. Contact days and internal project will discuss topical digital marketing areas. External customer project will run parallel.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Cooperation with external businesses

Kansainvälisyys

Some of the teams may have cases from abroad.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Students that completed 3B00DW59-3003/3004/3005 Marketing in the Digital World may attend this course.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student knows the basics of customer journey and needs. The student can use the basic terms and can define customer experience. Student recognises and defines the importance of customer experience in marketing. The student can perform the given tasks with routine performance. Student has been partly active in participating in the teamwork.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student applies customer journey mapping methods and analytical tools accordingly. The student is able to link structures between marketing and customer experience. He/she cooperates responsibly and has participated in the team work and classes actively contributing to the final outcome with his/her knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student masters the concepts and models of customer experience, journey and analytics. He/she is able to conduct fluent and reasoned customer journey analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The individual contribution in the class and team has been especially active

Ilmoittautumisaika

29.08.2023 - 02.11.2023

Ajoitus

02.11.2023 - 14.12.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Juha Tuominen
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The students will learn about strategic planning in e-commerce business model. During this course the students will learn about different kinds of strategic actions and tools that can be used in e-commerce. The student will study different strategy options and make a strategic growth plan for an e-commerce business.

After completing the course student will be able to
- make a strategic growth plan for e-commerce
- understand e-commerce risks and management
- define scalability possibilities and obstacles

Sisältö (OJ)

• How to create an e-commerce strategy?
• What does a company need for a growth strategy?
• Why strategic thinking is important?
• Core concepts of strategic management in e-commerce
• Prerequisite: Business planning 1 & 2, E-commerce and platform economy, or equivalent

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

Prerequisite: Business Planning 1 and 2, E-commerce and Platform Economy, or equivalent (Knowledge about digital platforms)

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to identify principles of the business strategy and strategic planning. He/she recognizes and is able to determine elements of growth strategy. The student is able to participate in a team project performing the given tasks in according to instructions.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and apply the concept and tools of the business strategy and strategic planning. He/she is able to conduct some analysis and suggest development actions suitable for the business strategy. The student actively contributes to a team project being able to receive and give constructive feedback.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student masters the concepts and different models of strategic planning and is able to connect business strategy to e-commerce strategy. He/she is able to conduct well-structured analysis and is able to create, evaluate and combine different solutions to a given e-commerce problem. The student acts in a flexible and constructive way in team projects developing the team’s interaction.

Aika ja paikka

Blended learning appropach. Sessions will be held according to the schedule in Pakki. The first session will be held on campus.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Details given in the first class session

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Pair task. Evaluation based on the criteria.

According to TAMK evaluation criteria (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research
- On-campus and online sessions

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentations
- Case studies
- Videos
- Additional resources will be shared in the first session

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to TAMK schedule, ECT credits and Moodle timing instructions.
Students are expected to:
- Attend sessions
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Complete the final report and exam
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Details given in the fiirst class session.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

None

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Cooperation with external businesses

Kansainvälisyys

Case studies

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Not returning the given tasks on time.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Grade 1-2
The student is able to identify principles of the business strategy and strategic planning. He/she recognizes and is able to determine elements of growth strategy. The student is able to participate in a team project performing the given tasks in according to instructions.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Grade 3-4
The student is able to determine and apply the concept and tools of the business strategy and strategic planning. He/she is able to conduct some analysis and suggest development actions suitable for the business strategy. The student actively contributes to a team project being able to receive and give constructive feedback

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Grade 5
The student masters the concepts and different models of strategic planning and is able to connect business strategy to e-commerce strategy. He/she is able to conduct well-structured analysis and is able to create, evaluate and combine different solutions to a given e-commerce problem. The student acts in a flexible and constructive way in team projects developing the team’s interaction.

Ilmoittautumisaika

08.06.2023 - 31.08.2023

Ajoitus

31.08.2023 - 05.10.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Juha Tuominen
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course covers the basics of e-commerce and platform economy. The students are introduced to the theories of platform economy through variety of case studies and business examples. E-commerce ecosystems are studied and network theories applied to e-commerce ecosystems.
After completing the course student will be able to
- describe the theories of platform economy
- understand the different revenue logics in e-commerce
- define different networks, actors and interactions in ecosystem
- build a platform economy based business model

Sisältö (OJ)

• Network effects
• Digital platforms
• Knowing, understanding and applying digital technologies
• Building e-commerce
• Business Model Canvas
• Prerequisite: Business planning 1 and 2 or equivalent

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

Prerequisite: Business Planning 1 and 2 or equivalent

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student knows the basics of e-commerce and platform economy. He/she can use the basic terms and can define e-commerce. The student recognises and defines different theories in ecosystems and e-commerce business models. The student can perform the given tasks with routine performance. He/she has been partly active in participating the teamwork according to the peer evaluation.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has achieved the course objectives well, but needs further development. He/she can apply theories accordingly. The student is able to structure between business models and earning logic. The student cooperates responsibly and has participated in the team work and classes actively contributing the final outcome with his/her knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has achieved the course objectives excellently. He/she masters the concepts and models of platform economy, business models and revenue models. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned e-commerce business model and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The individual contribution in the class and team have been especially active.

Aika ja paikka

Blended learning. Meeting times are as scheduled in Pakki. The first class meeting will take place on campus.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Details given in the first meeting

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criteria (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Blended studies approach for the course.
Tasks: mini exams, learning diary and an essay.

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Assigned books
- Articles and case studies
- Video

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

5 credits = 135 hours

Sisällön jaksotus

5 content modules that unlock weekly. Details discussed in the first meeting

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Kansainvälisyys

International case studies

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student knows the basics of e-commerce and platform economy. He/she can use the basic terms and can define e-commerce. The student recognises and defines different theories in ecosystems and e-commerce business models. The student can perform the given tasks with routine performance. He/she has been partly active in participating the teamwork according to the peer evaluation.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student has achieved the course objectives well, but needs further development. He/she can apply theories accordingly. The student is able to structure between business models and earning logic. The student cooperates responsibly and has participated in the teamwork and classes actively, while contributing to the final outcome with his/her knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student has achieved the course objectives excellently. He/she masters the concepts and models of platform economy, business models and revenue models. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned e-commerce business model and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The individual contribution in the class and team have been especially active.

Ilmoittautumisaika

06.02.2024 - 06.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 30.04.2024

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sami Kalliokoski
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course provides students with a brief introduction on logistics and supply chain management. It identifies the major supply chain issues in the humanitarian sector, particularly as they relate to the emergencies and also reveals the need for cross-learning between the business and the humanitarian sector.

After completing the course, students will be able to:

Understand the characteristics of a humanitarian supply chain management speed.
Understand Humanitarian and emergency cycle
Analys the Logistics cases from the ground: Red-Cross, DHL, NESA
Understand the coordination and complexity in humanitarian SCM.

Sisältö (OJ)

Logistics of humanitarian aid
Preparedness
Coordination
Building a successfull partnership ( Private: TNT-WFP case)
Reading materials and articles.

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to identify basic level knowledge in emergency supply chain management.
He/she has the basic understanding on humanitarian logistics in general. The student is capable of applying some knowledge into relevant, working life situations.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine main tasks and challenges in emergency supply chain. He/she can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables. The student has a good level of knowledge and wide understanding of humanitarian logistics. The student is capable of applying the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations. He/she contributes to the tasks and assignments during the course.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to master tasks, challenges and different modes in emergency supply chain.
He/she has a professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of humanitarian logistics. The student demonstrates a high skill level, creates value and shares information with other participants of the group. The student is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations. The student actively contributes to tasks and assignments during the course.

Aika ja paikka

From Lukkari

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Tiedotetaan Moodlessa

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Ryhmäharjoitustyö ja aktiivisuus

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Online teaching

Oppimateriaalit

Book and ebook:
Humanitarian Logistics, Tomasini Rolando etc.

Material from Moodle

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

N.A.

Sisällön jaksotus

N.A.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N.A.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

N.A.

Kansainvälisyys

N.A.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N.A.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to identify basic level knowledge in emergency supply chain management.
He/she has the basic understanding on humanitarian logistics in general. The student is capable of applying some knowledge into relevant, working life situations.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to determine main tasks and challenges in emergency supply chain. He/she can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables. The student has a good level of knowledge and wide understanding of humanitarian logistics. The student is capable of applying the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations. He/she contributes to the tasks and assignments during the course.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to master tasks, challenges and different modes in emergency supply chain.
He/she has a professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of humanitarian logistics. The student demonstrates a high skill level, creates value and shares information with other participants of the group. The student is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations. The student actively contributes to tasks and assignments during the course.

Ilmoittautumisaika

06.02.2024 - 11.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 07.05.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Lasse Hillman
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course covers the primary ideas of Enterprise Resource Planning systems (ERP). The course focuses on SAP-system (integrated modules) from logistics point of view. It explores integration between the Transportation Management Systems (TMS) and Warehouse Management Systems (WMS). More information is available at www.logivo.fi.

After completing the course, students will be able to:

Define the business process model and ERP selection criterias.
Describe what enterprise resource planning (ERP) means.
Support ERP project implementations.
Navigate in SAP R/3 and Business One environment.
Work in details with the SAP AIO module (sales and distribution, Material Management,).
Act as a SAP user: Master data, material data.
Plan the first phases in SAP customizing.

Sisältö (OJ)

Introduction to ERP systems
Navigation in SAP AIO
SAP AIO without WMS
SAP AIO with WMS in partnership with guest lecturer from Belgium
ERP implementation project as a cmpany based assignment
SAP customizing.

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

- The Basics of logistics is a prerequisite to this course

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student knows what ERPs are, what they are used for and why. He/she recognises all the relevant organisational resources, their nature and requirements. The student is able to define the main ERP (SAP R/3 / Business One) modules and the ERP’s functional structure and how each module acquires information / contributes to other modules. The student recognises the architecture of an ERP (SAP) from user perspective regarding master and material data and is able to conduct routine operations with them. The student has also a basic understanding about organisational requirements and lifecycle stages of an ERP project.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to explain an organisation’s business processes, especially on sales, distribution and material management with great clarity. The student has good understanding of the organisation’s value chain from raw materials to finished products and he/she is capable of applying this data within ERP. He/she has good oversight over stakeholder contacts and is able to manage the organisation’s ERP master data and, with some effort, manage stakeholder contacts and all data regarding materials, the organisation procures, produces, or keeps in stock. The student also knows which stakeholders and offerings are connected with which business processes in a given situation and he/she is capable of managing this business information with the support of ERP in daily business.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can benchmark various ERPs from organisation’s perspective and recognise beneficiary and disadvantageous elements for the organisation. He/she can recommend the best ERP for the organisation. The student has excellent understanding over the various resource types and he/she is able to use ERP system in automating and managing the variety of back and front office functions and their sub-stages. The student can recognise possible bottlenecks in the ERP environment and is able to customise the ERP user interface and improve its usage efficiency, especially regarding the sales and distribution (SD) module. The student has fair understanding over the functionality of other ERP modules such as financials and controlling (FICO), human resources (HR), materials management (MM) and production planning (PP).

Aika ja paikka

On campus and according to the timetable in Pakki.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

N/A

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

The course will consist of two separate parts: ERP general and SAP specic parts. In order to pass the course, both parts have to be accepted.
1. ERP generic part will be evaluated on scale 0-5 by the teacher of that part
2. SAP part will be evaluated by teacher of that part as pass / fail

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped class sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Remote and/or on-campus lab workshops
- Project-based learning

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Assigned books
- Articles and case studies
- Video

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Students are expected to:
- Attend sessions
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Complete the final report and SAP exercises
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Themes will be reviewed in the first lesson

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Hands-on approach with SAP and chosen tool in the class project

Kansainvälisyys

N/A

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

If either part of the course is evaluated as FAIL, the whole course will fail.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student knows what ERPs are, what they are used for and why. He/she recognises all the relevant organisational resources, their nature and requirements. The student is able to define the main ERP (SAP R/3 / Business One) modules and the ERP’s functional structure and how each module acquires information / contributes to other modules. The student recognises the architecture of an ERP (SAP) from user perspective regarding master and material data and is able to conduct routine operations with them. The student has also a basic understanding about organisational requirements and lifecycle stages of an ERP project.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to explain an organisation’s business processes, especially on sales, distribution and material management with great clarity. The student has good understanding of the organisation’s value chain from raw materials to finished products and he/she is capable of applying this data within ERP. He/she has good oversight over stakeholder contacts and is able to manage the organisation’s ERP master data and, with some effort, manage stakeholder contacts and all data regarding materials, the organisation procures, produces, or keeps in stock. The student also knows which stakeholders and offerings are connected with which business processes in a given situation and he/she is capable of managing this business information with the support of ERP in daily business.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can benchmark various ERPs from the organisation’s perspective and recognise beneficiary and disadvantageous elements for the organisation. He/she can recommend the best ERP for the organisation. The student has excellent understanding over the various resource types and he/she is able to use ERP system in automating and managing the variety of back and front office functions and their sub-stages. The student can recognise possible bottlenecks in the ERP environment and is able to customise the ERP user interface and improve its usage efficiency, especially regarding the sales and distribution (SD) module. The student has fair understanding over the functionality of other ERP modules such as financials and controlling (FICO), human resources (HR), materials management (MM) and production planning (PP).

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 15.09.2023

Ajoitus

18.09.2023 - 30.11.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Virtuaaliosuus

1 op

Toteutustapa

80 % Lähiopetus, 20 % Etäopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 40

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sari Matala
Vastuuhenkilö

Sari Matala

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Experience Economy and Product Development course is introducing the nature of experience economy and it is focused on practical designing and analyzing experience products in tourism business. Students learn the special characteristics of products and services within tourism industry. Product design model for practical product development is studied.

After completing the course students are able to:

Understand the nature of product development in tourism business
Apply the experience product design tools in product development process
Analyze the existing products and to improve the quality of experience products

Sisältö (OJ)

Which are the characteristics of tourism products and services?

How to apply experience design tools in tourism product development in practice?
How to analyze the existing experience products and how to improve them?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student recognises the specific nature of product development in experience / tourism business. He/she is able to explain the process of tourism product development using design tools. The student is able to participate in analysing and improving tasks of existing experience products in a team, taking responsibility of his/her own performance.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student can clearly explain various aspects of the nature of product development in experience / tourism business. The student is able to do basic product analysis and apply a product design tool in the context of the experience / tourism business. The student participates actively and responsibly in the teamwork taking responsibility of team performance. The student is capable of receiving and giving feedback actively and constructively.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to analyse thoroughly an existing experience product and to find and evaluate different tools appropriate for the problem at hand. He/she is able to apply the design tools in product development taking into account the specific business needs and develop highly original or innovative ideas. The student takes a leading role in a team, working in a responsible, flexible and constructive way developing the group's interaction.

Aika ja paikka

See Moodle course

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No exam, team presentation to be assessed

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Team presentation as an otcome of the course. See assessment criteria.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

The course is an advanced course about experience economy, as it continues the 1st year's Introduction to Experience Economy. Now the focus is put into practical application of the lessons learned - experience economy thinking & doing - in authentic product development work. The students learn about the characteristics of experiential products and services, the most applicable and relevant practical experience design tools, and they get to both analyze existing / possible experience products and services - but also learn to improve them in practice.
The course includes a practical product development project to be completed in small teams. Also, the course is based on teacher driven f2f and online sessions, individual reading and material search, and team work for discussions and the main assignment, presenting a project task outcome.

Oppimateriaalit

See Moodle page for the most relevant material on experience economy. Also additional inspirational material will be given. It is recommended that the student also acquires own suitable material for one's own learning and the task at hand.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

5 ECTS equals 135 hours of student work. The work load is divided between teacher driven sessions as well as group and individual work , individual reading tasks and material search.

The student selects a case as a small group to be analyzed/developed applying experience Pyramid model in practice, most likely the case is agreed with a commissioner company or community by the teacher.

Sisällön jaksotus

See Moodle course

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

No alternative means of completion.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Teams are recommended to contact their possible project commissioners

Kansainvälisyys

International student teams and project commissioners possible

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Passing the course requires active team working and submitting tasks in time. NOTE: team outcome, presentation, is to be assessed. Team members receive the same grade.

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

No participating in team working, tasks are not submitted or are submitted very late in Moodle, task description is not followed, no applying academic literature.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Participating team working is poor/superficial. Student is able to produce text, but there are hardly any academic references. Experience Economy is not understood/identified completely. Lack/mistakes in applying and justifying (tourist segment and profile, business environment, trends/values/society etc.) Experience Pyramid (elements and levels) in case X. No original or innovative ideas presented. Lack in presentation contents (essential contents) in logic order. No company co-operation exists or it is very superficial.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Participating team working is active. Student is able to produce text with several academic references. Experience Economy is understood/identified. Applying and justifying (tourist segment and profile, business environment, trends/values/society etc.) Experience Pyramid (elements and levels) in case X is mostly covered. Original or innovative ideas presented. Presentation contents (essential contents) in logic order is on a good level. Company co-operation clearly exists.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Participating team working is very active. Student is able to produce text with variety of academic references. Experience Economy is understood/identified analytically. Applying and justifying (tourist segment and profile, business environment, trends/values/society etc.) Experience Pyramid (elements and levels) in case X is applied on a professional way. Highly original, innovative and unique ideas are presented and justified. Presentation contents (essential contents) in logic order is on an excellent level. Company co-operation is clearly active.

Ilmoittautumisaika

24.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 12.12.2023

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

Liiketalous ja media

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Petteri Vilén
Vastuuhenkilö

Petteri Vilén

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course presents the common financial practices when setting up a company, planning business profitability and working capital needs. The approach is practical with case studies.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Adopt the key elements for stable financial position of a company
• Estimate and simulate profitability, Cost-Volume-Profit analysis
• Prepare relevant financial projections for starting a company, budgeting
• Set the needs for working capital
• Attach financial plans, as part of business plan

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the factors of profitable business?
• How to make company profit and loss budget?
• How to estimate cash flow needs?
• How to simulate and improve company profitability?
• What are the local aspects of company financials?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student recognizes the role and meaning of management accounting in a company. He/she understands the relevant managerial accounting principles and practices used by companies. The student is able to define the importance of the financial planning process and name the important fields within management accounting. The student identifies typical management accounting tools and methods in use; he/she can make basic financial plans and managerial calculations and solve accounting cases by making simple calculations. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility as an individual learner. The student can act as part of a team.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student connects the role of management accounting in company operations. He/she structures the course themes with financial accounting by applying the tools and concepts used by companies. He/she explains why and how to use various management accounting methods for targeting profitable business. The student makes simple profitability calculations with simulation analysis and company's financial projections by applying the meaning of margin. The student makes relevant financial comparisons for management decisions and simulates outcome with various accounting factors. The student gives and receives constructive feedback; he/she is able to operate in professional manner by recognising relevant scope and needs. He develops his interaction skills by adding value to the team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student adapts the course themes at advanced level. He finds and translates the course themes with working life connections. He expands the context by bringing new perspectives, he analyses the selected management accounting methods. The student adopts the financial mindset, with academic perspective. The student builds creative solutions by combining various course themes. He/she evaluates the outcomes and looks for new opportunities. He/she can justify the decisions made by using the calculations presented. The student aims for alternative perspectives; he/she brings maturity and applies relevant details as needed. The student uses the feedback and iterates his learning process. He/she adds collaboration by being an asset for the team. The student develops creative and constructive working methods by bringing professional commitment throughout the course.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

24.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 12.12.2023

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

Liiketalous ja media

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Petteri Vilén
Vastuuhenkilö

Petteri Vilén

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course presents the common financial practices when setting up a company, planning business profitability and working capital needs. The approach is practical with case studies.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Adopt the key elements for stable financial position of a company
• Estimate and simulate profitability, Cost-Volume-Profit analysis
• Prepare relevant financial projections for starting a company, budgeting
• Set the needs for working capital
• Attach financial plans, as part of business plan

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the factors of profitable business?
• How to make company profit and loss budget?
• How to estimate cash flow needs?
• How to simulate and improve company profitability?
• What are the local aspects of company financials?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student recognizes the role and meaning of management accounting in a company. He/she understands the relevant managerial accounting principles and practices used by companies. The student is able to define the importance of the financial planning process and name the important fields within management accounting. The student identifies typical management accounting tools and methods in use; he/she can make basic financial plans and managerial calculations and solve accounting cases by making simple calculations. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility as an individual learner. The student can act as part of a team.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student connects the role of management accounting in company operations. He/she structures the course themes with financial accounting by applying the tools and concepts used by companies. He/she explains why and how to use various management accounting methods for targeting profitable business. The student makes simple profitability calculations with simulation analysis and company's financial projections by applying the meaning of margin. The student makes relevant financial comparisons for management decisions and simulates outcome with various accounting factors. The student gives and receives constructive feedback; he/she is able to operate in professional manner by recognising relevant scope and needs. He develops his interaction skills by adding value to the team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student adapts the course themes at advanced level. He finds and translates the course themes with working life connections. He expands the context by bringing new perspectives, he analyses the selected management accounting methods. The student adopts the financial mindset, with academic perspective. The student builds creative solutions by combining various course themes. He/she evaluates the outcomes and looks for new opportunities. He/she can justify the decisions made by using the calculations presented. The student aims for alternative perspectives; he/she brings maturity and applies relevant details as needed. The student uses the feedback and iterates his learning process. He/she adds collaboration by being an asset for the team. The student develops creative and constructive working methods by bringing professional commitment throughout the course.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

06.02.2024 - 06.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 30.04.2024

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pia Lamminsivu
Vastuuhenkilö

Pia Lamminsivu

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

During the course students will continue bookkeeping in virtual companies. At the end of the course they will prepare the financial statements.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Record basic business transactions in accounting
• Prepare income statement and balance sheet for a small firm

Sisältö (OJ)

• How are business transactions recorded in accounting?
• How are financial statements prepared?
• What do annual reports include?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognise and define fundamentals of financial accounting, income statement and balance sheet. The student knows the basic functions of bookkeeping software. The student can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work in individual and team assignments.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting. He/she knows how income statement and balance sheet are prepared. The student can use bookkeeping software at a basic level. The student takes responsibility and commits to group activities in addition to his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting and financial statements in an excellent manner. The student is able to analyse financial statements and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student can use bookkeeping software well at a basic level. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

Aika ja paikka

Weeks 10-17/2024

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Course exam in April 2024
First retake exam in May,2024
Second retake exam in September, 2024

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- lectures
- assignments
- teamwork
- bookkeeping and financial statements of practice firm

Oppimateriaalit

- Recommended reading will be listed in course Moodle
- Lecture material and assignments will be available in course Moodle

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

2 ECTS = 54 hours

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

--

Kansainvälisyys

--

Ilmoittautumisaika

06.02.2024 - 06.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 26.04.2024

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pia Lamminsivu
Vastuuhenkilö

Pia Lamminsivu

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

During the course students will continue bookkeeping in virtual companies. At the end of the course they will prepare the financial statements.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Record basic business transactions in accounting
• Prepare income statement and balance sheet for a small firm

Sisältö (OJ)

• How are business transactions recorded in accounting?
• How are financial statements prepared?
• What do annual reports include?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognise and define fundamentals of financial accounting, income statement and balance sheet. The student knows the basic functions of bookkeeping software. The student can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work in individual and team assignments.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting. He/she knows how income statement and balance sheet are prepared. The student can use bookkeeping software at a basic level. The student takes responsibility and commits to group activities in addition to his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting and financial statements in an excellent manner. The student is able to analyse financial statements and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student can use bookkeeping software well at a basic level. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

Aika ja paikka

Weeks 10-17/2024

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Course exam in April 2024
First retake exam in May,2024
Second retake exam in September, 2024

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- lectures
- assignments
- teamwork
- bookkeeping and financial statements of practice firm

Oppimateriaalit

- Recommended reading will be listed in course Moodle
- Lecture material and assignments will be available in course Moodle

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

2 ECTS = 54 hours

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

--

Kansainvälisyys

--

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 05.09.2023

Ajoitus

30.08.2023 - 13.12.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Terhi Tapaninen
Vastuuhenkilö

Terhi Tapaninen

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course provides the basics of the Finnish language (estimated level A1.2)

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• pronounce Finnish quite correctly
• understand and use short and simply structured expressions that concern basic
situations related to everyday life (introducing oneself and one’s family, simple shopping and food)
• learn to build up their vocabulary
• learn to use the basic structure of Finnish
• know, use and understand simple spoken and written expressions connected to
everyday life.

Sisältö (OJ)

• study book Suomen mestari 1, chapters 1–4, 8:
o pronunciation exercises
o vocabulary exercises
o structural exercises
o conversational and drama exercises
o listening comprehension exercises
o reading comprehension exercises
o written exercises.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. They can exchange greetings/farewells, introduce oneself and name a few objects. It is hard for them to attend a simple conversation or create a short text. Their pronunciation causes difficulties to understand meanings of produced speech.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. Students have an active attitude towards studying Finnish language showing that by completing tasks according to the schedule. They are able to cope in the most common simple everyday situations. Students can use typical grammatical structures e.g. basic verb conjugation, possessive structure and partitive in simple sentences. They can write brief texts and pronounce Finnish quite clearly.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. They have a positive and active attitude towards learning language. They can pronounce Finnish distinctively and are able to use suitable and varied expressions in everyday situations using grammar almost correctly. Students can participate in a conversation asking and responding to questions about topics studied in the course. They can write simple texts and recombine words and phrases into new sentences.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

30.08.2023 - 13.12.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 40

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Maiju Paldán
Vastuuhenkilö

Maiju Paldán

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course provides the basics of the Finnish language (estimated level A1.2)

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• pronounce Finnish quite correctly
• understand and use short and simply structured expressions that concern basic
situations related to everyday life (introducing oneself and one’s family, simple shopping and food)
• learn to build up their vocabulary
• learn to use the basic structure of Finnish
• know, use and understand simple spoken and written expressions connected to
everyday life.

Sisältö (OJ)

• study book Suomen mestari 1, chapters 1–4, 8:
o pronunciation exercises
o vocabulary exercises
o structural exercises
o conversational and drama exercises
o listening comprehension exercises
o reading comprehension exercises
o written exercises.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. They can exchange greetings/farewells, introduce oneself and name a few objects. It is hard for them to attend a simple conversation or create a short text. Their pronunciation causes difficulties to understand meanings of produced speech.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. Students have an active attitude towards studying Finnish language showing that by completing tasks according to the schedule. They are able to cope in the most common simple everyday situations. Students can use typical grammatical structures e.g. basic verb conjugation, possessive structure and partitive in simple sentences. They can write brief texts and pronounce Finnish quite clearly.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. They have a positive and active attitude towards learning language. They can pronounce Finnish distinctively and are able to use suitable and varied expressions in everyday situations using grammar almost correctly. Students can participate in a conversation asking and responding to questions about topics studied in the course. They can write simple texts and recombine words and phrases into new sentences.

Aika ja paikka

Kurssitapaamiset pidetään TAMKilla keskiviikkoisin ja perjantaisin klo 9.30-11.00. Tapaamispaikat ilmestyvät kalenteriin syksyn alussa.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Loppukoe pidetään 13.12.

Uusintakokeet järjestetään talvella 2024.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

- Loppukoe (painotus 75 %)
* kuuntelu- ja kielioppitehtäviä
* arviointimittari: koepisteet
- Kurssitehtävät ja yleinen kurssityöskentely (painotus 25 %)
* arviointimittari: aktiivisuus kurssitapaamisissa ja onnistuminen kurssitehtävissä

Lisäksi läpipääsyyn vaaditaan 80 % läsnäolo kurssitapaamisissa.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Luokkahuonetapaamisia.
- Itsenäistä työskentelyä.
- Palautettavia kurssitehtäviä.
- Loppukoe.

Oppimateriaalit

- oppikirja (Suomen mestari 1, kappaleet 1-4)
- opettajan omaa materiaalia

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

- 2 x 1,5 t opetusta viikossa
- 1,5-3 t itsenäistä työskentelyä viikossa

Sisällön jaksotus

Puhumme tästä kurssin alussa.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

Ei saatavilla.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Ei saatavilla.

Kansainvälisyys

Ei saatavilla.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Jos et ole varma, onko tämä oikea kurssi sinulle, ota yhteyttä S2-neuvojaan Ella Hakalaan (ella.hakala@tuni.fi).

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Opiskelijan suoritus saatetaan hylätä jommankumman tai molempien syiden perusteella:
- Opiskelija saa loppukokeessa vähemmän kuin 38 % pisteistä eikä kykene kompensoimaan tuloksia muulla kurssityöskentelyllä.
- Opiskelijalta jää väliin yli 20 % kurssitapaamisajasta (joko poissaolon tai muiden tavoitettavuusongelmien vuoksi).

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Arvosana 1 loppukokeessa:
- 38-49 % maksimipisteistä

Arvosana 2 loppukokeessa:
- 50-61 % maksimipisteistä

Arvosanan 1 kriteerit muulle kurssityöskentelylle:
Opiskelija
- osallistuu kurssityöskentelyyn vähintään perustasolla
- on toistuvasti kykenemätön osallistumaan yleiseen kurssikeskusteluun
- palauttaa kurssitöitä määräajan jälkeen
- jättää palauttamatta kurssitöitä tai suoriutuu niistä heikolla tasolla
- osallistuu kurssitapaamisiin riittävästi

Arvosanan 2 kriteerit muulle kurssityöskentelylle:
Opiskelija
- osallistuu kurssityöskentelyyn vähintään perustasolla
- on ajoittain kykenemätön osallistumaan yleiseen kurssikeskusteluun
- palauttaa kurssityöt määräaikaan mennessä
- suoriutuu kurssitöistä heikolla tasolla
- osallistuu kurssitapaamisiin riittävästi

Lopullinen kurssiarvosanan perustana toimivat sekä koetulokset että yleinen kurssityöskentely. Jos esimerkiksi kokeen arvosana on 1 ja 2 välillä, kurssityöskentely vaikuttaa siihen, onko kurssin arvosana 1 vai 2.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Arvosana 3 loppukokeessa:
- 62-76 % maksimipisteistä

Arvosana 4 loppukokeessa:
- 77-88 % maksimipisteistä

Arvosanan 3 kriteerit muulle kurssityöskentelylle:
Opiskelija
- osallistuu kurssityöskentelyyn ainakin pääosin aktiivisesti ja keskittyneesti
- kykenee tarvittaessa osallistumaan yleiseen kurssikeskusteluun mutta ei välttämättä hallitse kaikkia aiheita
- palauttaa kurssityöt määräaikaan mennessä
- suoriutuu kurssitöistä kelvollisella tasolla
- osallistuu kurssitapaamisiin riittävästi

Arvosanan 4 kriteerit muulle kurssityöskentelylle:
Opiskelija
- osallistuu kurssityöskentelyyn aktiivisesti ja keskittyneesti
- kykenee tarvittaessa osallistumaan yleiseen kurssikeskusteluun
- palauttaa kurssityöt määräaikaan mennessä
- suoriutuu kurssitöistä hyvällä tasolla
- osallistuu kurssitapaamisiin riittävästi

Lopullinen kurssiarvosanan perustana toimivat sekä koetulokset että yleinen kurssityöskentely. Jos esimerkiksi kokeen arvosana on 3 ja 4 välillä, kurssityöskentely vaikuttaa siihen, onko kurssin arvosana 3 vai 4.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Arvosana 5 loppukokeessa:
- 89-100 % maksimipisteistä

Arvosanan 5 kriteerit muulle kurssityöskentelylle:
Opiskelija
- osallistuu kurssityöskentelyyn aktiivisesti ja keskittyneesti
- kykenee tarvittaessa osallistumaan yleiseen kurssikeskusteluun
- palauttaa kurssityöt määräaikaan mennessä
- suoriutuu kurssitöistä erinomaisella tasolla
- osallistuu kurssitapaamisiin riittävästi

Lopullinen kurssiarvosanan perustana toimivat sekä koetulokset että yleinen kurssityöskentely. Jos esimerkiksi kokeen arvosana on 4 ja 5 välillä, kurssityöskentely vaikuttaa siihen, onko kurssin arvosana 4 vai 5.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

30.08.2023 - 13.12.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Maiju Paldán
Vastuuhenkilö

Maiju Paldán

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course provides the basics of the Finnish language (estimated level A2.1) building up the knowledge and use of Finnish language in simple everyday situations.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• pronounce Finnish quite well
• understand phrases and the highest frequency vocabulary related to areas of most immediate personal relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family information, shopping, local area)
• catch the main point in short, clear, simple messages and announcements
• read very short, simple texts
• find specific, predictable information in simple everyday material such as
advertisements, prospectuses, menus and timetables and understand short simple
personal letters
• participate in a conversation asking and responding to questions about topics studied in
the course
• use their Finnish out of a classroom
• use a series of phrases and sentences to describe in simple terms their family and other
people, living conditions, educational background and their present or most recent job
• write short, simple texts related to everyday topics.

Sisältö (OJ)

• study book Suomen mestari 1, chapters 5 - 7 and 9, moreover free time, health, past
tenses, passive voice

o structural exercises
o pronunciation exercises
o vocabulary exercises
o conversational and drama exercises
o listening comprehension exercises
o reading comprehension exercises
o written exercises.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. They can tell about few of the achieved course contents, but their expression stays limited: both spoken and written language is partly hard to understand. It is difficult for them to take part to a simple discussion. Also their incomplete pronunciation may cause difficulties to understand their speech.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. Students have an active attitude towards studying Finnish language showing that by completing course tasks according to the schedule. They are able to cope in everyday conversations related to topics studied in the course. Students can write short texts about their home, travelling or work. They can pronounce Finnish clearly enough. Students are able to use typical grammatic structures e.g. local cases and past tenses in simple sentences.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. Students have a positive and active attitude towards learning language. They can pronounce Finnish distinctively. They manage quite well in everyday conversations related to topics studied in the course. They can write simple texts quite correctly and recombine words and phrases into new sentences so that used typical grammatic structures are almost correct. They understand the importance of good Finnish language skills to get a job in Finland.

Aika ja paikka

Kurssitapaamiset pidetään TAMKilla keskiviikkoisin ja perjantaisin klo 14.15-15.45. Tapaamispaikat ilmestyvät kalenteriin syksyn alussa.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Loppukoe pidetään 13.12.

Uusintakokeet järjestetään talvella 2024.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

- Loppukoe (painotus 75 %)
* kuuntelu- ja kielioppitehtäviä
* arviointimittari: koepisteet
- Kurssitehtävät ja yleinen kurssityöskentely (painotus 25 %)
* arviointimittari: aktiivisuus kurssitapaamisissa ja onnistuminen kurssitehtävissä

Lisäksi läpipääsyyn vaaditaan 80 % läsnäolo kurssitapaamisissa.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Luokkahuonetapaamisia.
- Itsenäistä työskentelyä.
- Palautettavia kurssitehtäviä.
- Loppukoe.

Oppimateriaalit

- oppikirja (Suomen mestari 1, kappaleet 5-9)
- opettajan omaa materiaalia

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

- 2 x 1,5 t opetusta viikossa
- 1,5-3 t itsenäistä työskentelyä viikossa

Sisällön jaksotus

Puhumme tästä kurssin alussa.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

Ei saatavilla.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Ei saatavilla.

Kansainvälisyys

Ei saatavilla.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Jos et ole varma, onko tämä oikea kurssi sinulle, ota yhteyttä S2-neuvojaan Ella Hakalaan (ella.hakala@tuni.fi).

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Opiskelijan suoritus saatetaan hylätä jommankumman tai molempien syiden perusteella:
- Opiskelija saa loppukokeessa vähemmän kuin 38 % pisteistä eikä kykene kompensoimaan tuloksia muulla kurssityöskentelyllä.
- Opiskelijalta jää väliin yli 20 % kurssitapaamisajasta (joko poissaolon tai muiden tavoitettavuusongelmien vuoksi).

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Arvosana 1 loppukokeessa:
- 38-49 % maksimipisteistä

Arvosana 2 loppukokeessa:
- 50-61 % maksimipisteistä

Arvosanan 1 kriteerit muulle kurssityöskentelylle:
Opiskelija
- osallistuu kurssityöskentelyyn vähintään perustasolla
- on toistuvasti kykenemätön osallistumaan yleiseen kurssikeskusteluun
- palauttaa kurssitöitä määräajan jälkeen
- jättää palauttamatta kurssitöitä tai suoriutuu niistä heikolla tasolla
- osallistuu kurssitapaamisiin riittävästi

Arvosanan 2 kriteerit muulle kurssityöskentelylle:
Opiskelija
- osallistuu kurssityöskentelyyn vähintään perustasolla
- on ajoittain kykenemätön osallistumaan yleiseen kurssikeskusteluun
- palauttaa kurssityöt määräaikaan mennessä
- suoriutuu kurssitöistä heikolla tasolla
- osallistuu kurssitapaamisiin riittävästi

Lopullinen kurssiarvosanan perustana toimivat sekä koetulokset että yleinen kurssityöskentely. Jos esimerkiksi kokeen arvosana on 1 ja 2 välillä, kurssityöskentely vaikuttaa siihen, onko kurssin arvosana 1 vai 2.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Arvosana 3 loppukokeessa:
- 62-76 % maksimipisteistä

Arvosana 4 loppukokeessa:
- 77-88 % maksimipisteistä

Arvosanan 3 kriteerit muulle kurssityöskentelylle:
Opiskelija
- osallistuu kurssityöskentelyyn ainakin pääosin aktiivisesti ja keskittyneesti
- kykenee tarvittaessa osallistumaan yleiseen kurssikeskusteluun mutta ei välttämättä hallitse kaikkia aiheita
- palauttaa kurssityöt määräaikaan mennessä
- suoriutuu kurssitöistä kelvollisella tasolla
- osallistuu kurssitapaamisiin riittävästi

Arvosanan 4 kriteerit muulle kurssityöskentelylle:
Opiskelija
- osallistuu kurssityöskentelyyn aktiivisesti ja keskittyneesti
- kykenee tarvittaessa osallistumaan yleiseen kurssikeskusteluun
- palauttaa kurssityöt määräaikaan mennessä
- suoriutuu kurssitöistä hyvällä tasolla
- osallistuu kurssitapaamisiin riittävästi

Lopullinen kurssiarvosanan perustana toimivat sekä koetulokset että yleinen kurssityöskentely. Jos esimerkiksi kokeen arvosana on 3 ja 4 välillä, kurssityöskentely vaikuttaa siihen, onko kurssin arvosana 3 vai 4.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Arvosana 5 loppukokeessa:
- 89-100 % maksimipisteistä

Arvosanan 5 kriteerit muulle kurssityöskentelylle:
Opiskelija
- osallistuu kurssityöskentelyyn aktiivisesti ja keskittyneesti
- kykenee tarvittaessa osallistumaan yleiseen kurssikeskusteluun
- palauttaa kurssityöt määräaikaan mennessä
- suoriutuu kurssitöistä erinomaisella tasolla
- osallistuu kurssitapaamisiin riittävästi

Lopullinen kurssiarvosanan perustana toimivat sekä koetulokset että yleinen kurssityöskentely. Jos esimerkiksi kokeen arvosana on 4 ja 5 välillä, kurssityöskentely vaikuttaa siihen, onko kurssin arvosana 4 vai 5.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 20.01.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 30.05.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

Entrepreneurship and Team Leadership (Proakatemia)

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Maiju Paldán
Vastuuhenkilö

Maiju Paldán

Ryhmät
  • 23ENTRE
    Entrepreneurship and Team Leadership, syksy 2023

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course provides the basics of the Finnish language (estimated level A2.1) building up the knowledge and use of Finnish language in simple everyday situations.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• pronounce Finnish quite well
• understand phrases and the highest frequency vocabulary related to areas of most immediate personal relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family information, shopping, local area)
• catch the main point in short, clear, simple messages and announcements
• read very short, simple texts
• find specific, predictable information in simple everyday material such as
advertisements, prospectuses, menus and timetables and understand short simple
personal letters
• participate in a conversation asking and responding to questions about topics studied in
the course
• use their Finnish out of a classroom
• use a series of phrases and sentences to describe in simple terms their family and other
people, living conditions, educational background and their present or most recent job
• write short, simple texts related to everyday topics.

Sisältö (OJ)

• study book Suomen mestari 1, chapters 5 - 7 and 9, moreover free time, health, past
tenses, passive voice

o structural exercises
o pronunciation exercises
o vocabulary exercises
o conversational and drama exercises
o listening comprehension exercises
o reading comprehension exercises
o written exercises.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. They can tell about few of the achieved course contents, but their expression stays limited: both spoken and written language is partly hard to understand. It is difficult for them to take part to a simple discussion. Also their incomplete pronunciation may cause difficulties to understand their speech.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. Students have an active attitude towards studying Finnish language showing that by completing course tasks according to the schedule. They are able to cope in everyday conversations related to topics studied in the course. Students can write short texts about their home, travelling or work. They can pronounce Finnish clearly enough. Students are able to use typical grammatic structures e.g. local cases and past tenses in simple sentences.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. Students have a positive and active attitude towards learning language. They can pronounce Finnish distinctively. They manage quite well in everyday conversations related to topics studied in the course. They can write simple texts quite correctly and recombine words and phrases into new sentences so that used typical grammatic structures are almost correct. They understand the importance of good Finnish language skills to get a job in Finland.

Aika ja paikka

Tiistaisin klo 14.00-15.30 ja perjantaisin klo 12.30-14.00.
Tilatiedot lisätään myöhemmin. / Room information will be added later.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Välikoe: 20.2. klo 14.00-16.00
Puhumisen koe 15.3. klo 14.00-16.00 ja 22.3. klo 14.00-16.00
Loppukoe: huhtikuun loppupuolella (tieto päivitetään myöhemmin)

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Kurssisuorituksen pohjana ovat seuraavat kurssityöt:
- kirjallinen välikoe (painotus 25 %)
- puhumisen koe (painotus 15 %)
- kirjallinen loppukoe (painotus (60 %)

Kirjallisissa kokeissa testataan mm. sanaston ja kieliopin hallintaa sekä kuullunymmärtämistä. Puhumisen kokeessa arvioinnin perusteena ovat seuraavat viisi osa-aluetta: ääntäminen, sanaston käyttö, kieliopin hallinta, sujuvuus ja puheen ymmärtäminen.

Puhumme arvitointikriteereistä ja läsnäolovaatimuksista lisää kurssin alussa.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Kurssin aikana sinulla on
- kurssitapaamisia
- kotitehtäviä
- kaksi kirjallista koetta
- yksi puhumisen koe

Kurssin suorittaminen edellyttää aktiivista ja säännöllistä osallistumista niin kurssitapaamisiin kuin kotitehtävien tekemiseen. Kurssitapaamiset tukevat oppimista, mutta varma läpipääsy edellyttää kielen käyttämistä myös kurssitapaamisten ulkopuolella.

Oppimateriaalit

Suomen mestari 1 kpl 5-9 ja opettajan materiaali.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

- 2 x 1,5 t opetusta viikossa
- 1,5-3 t itsenäistä työskentelyä viikossa

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

Ei saatavilla.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Jos et ole varma, onko tämä oikea kurssi sinulle, ota yhteyttä S2-neuvojaan Ella Hakalaan (ella.hakala@tuni.fi).

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Marita Mäki
Vastuuhenkilö

Marita Mäki

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course provides the basics of the Finnish language (estimated level A2.1) building up the knowledge and use of Finnish language in simple everyday situations.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• pronounce Finnish quite well
• understand phrases and the highest frequency vocabulary related to areas of most immediate personal relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family information, shopping, local area)
• catch the main point in short, clear, simple messages and announcements
• read very short, simple texts
• find specific, predictable information in simple everyday material such as
advertisements, prospectuses, menus and timetables and understand short simple
personal letters
• participate in a conversation asking and responding to questions about topics studied in
the course
• use their Finnish out of a classroom
• use a series of phrases and sentences to describe in simple terms their family and other
people, living conditions, educational background and their present or most recent job
• write short, simple texts related to everyday topics.

Sisältö (OJ)

• study book Suomen mestari 1, chapters 5 - 7 and 9, moreover free time, health, past
tenses, passive voice

o structural exercises
o pronunciation exercises
o vocabulary exercises
o conversational and drama exercises
o listening comprehension exercises
o reading comprehension exercises
o written exercises.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. They can tell about few of the achieved course contents, but their expression stays limited: both spoken and written language is partly hard to understand. It is difficult for them to take part to a simple discussion. Also their incomplete pronunciation may cause difficulties to understand their speech.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. Students have an active attitude towards studying Finnish language showing that by completing course tasks according to the schedule. They are able to cope in everyday conversations related to topics studied in the course. Students can write short texts about their home, travelling or work. They can pronounce Finnish clearly enough. Students are able to use typical grammatic structures e.g. local cases and past tenses in simple sentences.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. Students have a positive and active attitude towards learning language. They can pronounce Finnish distinctively. They manage quite well in everyday conversations related to topics studied in the course. They can write simple texts quite correctly and recombine words and phrases into new sentences so that used typical grammatic structures are almost correct. They understand the importance of good Finnish language skills to get a job in Finland.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Maiju Paldán
Vastuuhenkilö

Kirsi Saarinen

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course provides the basics of the Finnish language (estimated level A2.1) building up the knowledge and use of Finnish language in simple everyday situations.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• pronounce Finnish quite well
• understand phrases and the highest frequency vocabulary related to areas of most immediate personal relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family information, shopping, local area)
• catch the main point in short, clear, simple messages and announcements
• read very short, simple texts
• find specific, predictable information in simple everyday material such as
advertisements, prospectuses, menus and timetables and understand short simple
personal letters
• participate in a conversation asking and responding to questions about topics studied in
the course
• use their Finnish out of a classroom
• use a series of phrases and sentences to describe in simple terms their family and other
people, living conditions, educational background and their present or most recent job
• write short, simple texts related to everyday topics.

Sisältö (OJ)

• study book Suomen mestari 1, chapters 5 - 7 and 9, moreover free time, health, past
tenses, passive voice

o structural exercises
o pronunciation exercises
o vocabulary exercises
o conversational and drama exercises
o listening comprehension exercises
o reading comprehension exercises
o written exercises.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. They can tell about few of the achieved course contents, but their expression stays limited: both spoken and written language is partly hard to understand. It is difficult for them to take part to a simple discussion. Also their incomplete pronunciation may cause difficulties to understand their speech.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. Students have an active attitude towards studying Finnish language showing that by completing course tasks according to the schedule. They are able to cope in everyday conversations related to topics studied in the course. Students can write short texts about their home, travelling or work. They can pronounce Finnish clearly enough. Students are able to use typical grammatic structures e.g. local cases and past tenses in simple sentences.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

Students have been able to complete all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. Students have a positive and active attitude towards learning language. They can pronounce Finnish distinctively. They manage quite well in everyday conversations related to topics studied in the course. They can write simple texts quite correctly and recombine words and phrases into new sentences so that used typical grammatic structures are almost correct. They understand the importance of good Finnish language skills to get a job in Finland.

Aika ja paikka

Tiistaisin klo 11.00-13.00 ja torstaisin klo 11.00-13.00.
Tunnit ovat tilassa C4-05.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Välikoe: 20.2. klo 11.00-13.00
Puhumisen koe 14.3. klo 11.00-13.00 ja 21.3. klo 11.00-13.00
Loppukoe: huhtikuun loppupuolella (tieto päivitetään myöhemmin)

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Kurssisuorituksen pohjana ovat seuraavat kurssityöt:
- kirjallinen välikoe (painotus 25 %)
- puhumisen koe (painotus 15 %)
- kirjallinen loppukoe (painotus (60 %)

Kirjallisissa kokeissa testataan mm. sanaston ja kieliopin hallintaa sekä kuullunymmärtämistä. Puhumisen kokeessa arvioinnin perusteena ovat seuraavat viisi osa-aluetta: ääntäminen, sanaston käyttö, kieliopin hallinta, sujuvuus ja puheen ymmärtäminen.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Kurssin aikana sinulla on
- kurssitapaamisia
- kotitehtäviä
- kaksi kirjallista koetta
- yksi puhumisen koe

Kurssin suorittaminen edellyttää aktiivista ja säännöllistä osallistumista niin kurssitapaamisiin kuin kotitehtävien tekemiseen. Kurssitapaamiset tukevat oppimista, mutta varma läpipääsy edellyttää kielen käyttämistä myös kurssitapaamisten ulkopuolella.

Oppimateriaalit

Suomen mestari 1 kpl 5-9 ja opettajan materiaali.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

- 2 x 1,5 t opetusta viikossa
- 1,5-3 t itsenäistä työskentelyä viikossa

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Jos et ole varma, onko tämä oikea kurssi sinulle, ota yhteyttä S2-neuvojaan Ella Hakalaan (ella.hakala@tuni.fi).

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 16.01.2024

Ajoitus

23.01.2024 - 25.04.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Suomi
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Terhi Tapaninen
Vastuuhenkilö

Terhi Tapaninen

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki
  • 21IB
    International Business, syksy 2021, kaikki
  • VAPAA
    Vapaasti valittavat opinnot

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.01.2024 - 01.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 03.05.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Mark Curcher
Vastuuhenkilö

Mark Curcher

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

National economies are an integral part of the global economy. Issues and events in global economy have strong influence upon the function of national economy.
The course aims at familiarizing the students with global institutions, agreements, events, trends and their relationship to the national economy.

After completing the course, students will be able to:
• Understand the benefits of specialization and the impact on trade and investment
• Know trade barriers and their background factors
• Understand exchange and interest rate mechanisms
• Conceptualize the role of global organizations
• Understand trade liberalization and regional economic integration
• Relationships among national economy, national debt and the international rating agencies

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the benefits of global trade?
• What are the main international trade theories?
• What are the effects of trade barriers on national economies?
• What are the reasons behind exchange and interest rate volatility?
• What is the role of economic integration in world trade?
• How the rating agencies influence national borrowing rate?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can give the fundamentals for the question: What is global economics about? He/she recognises the difference between micro and macro economy and is able to name essential factors in the field of macro economy. He/she manages to identify the factors that affect an economy. The student can give and receive feedback.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student applies the connections between global economic factors like GDP, GNP, inflation, interest rates and other relevant macro-economic factors. He/she knows the relevant terms and connections and can explain basic cause-effect relationships. He/she sees the importance of global trade and adopts various macro theories. The student gives and receives constructive feedback and develops his/her skills for co-operation.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student analyses and translates the connections within global economy factors. He/she can generalise complicated theories by seeing the relevancy behind the economic signals. He/she can explain economic fluctuations and reasons behind them. He/she justifies outcome for various global assumptions, formulating the impacts of GDP, inflation, employment and other factors related. He/she finds the links between global economy factors by evaluating the information available. The student uses feedback to grow professionally, he/she develops creative and flexible mindset and works in a responsible manner.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.01.2024 - 01.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 03.05.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Mark Curcher
Vastuuhenkilö

Mark Curcher

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

National economies are an integral part of the global economy. Issues and events in global economy have strong influence upon the function of national economy.
The course aims at familiarizing the students with global institutions, agreements, events, trends and their relationship to the national economy.

After completing the course, students will be able to:
• Understand the benefits of specialization and the impact on trade and investment
• Know trade barriers and their background factors
• Understand exchange and interest rate mechanisms
• Conceptualize the role of global organizations
• Understand trade liberalization and regional economic integration
• Relationships among national economy, national debt and the international rating agencies

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the benefits of global trade?
• What are the main international trade theories?
• What are the effects of trade barriers on national economies?
• What are the reasons behind exchange and interest rate volatility?
• What is the role of economic integration in world trade?
• How the rating agencies influence national borrowing rate?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can give the fundamentals for the question: What is global economics about? He/she recognises the difference between micro and macro economy and is able to name essential factors in the field of macro economy. He/she manages to identify the factors that affect an economy. The student can give and receive feedback.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student applies the connections between global economic factors like GDP, GNP, inflation, interest rates and other relevant macro-economic factors. He/she knows the relevant terms and connections and can explain basic cause-effect relationships. He/she sees the importance of global trade and adopts various macro theories. The student gives and receives constructive feedback and develops his/her skills for co-operation.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student analyses and translates the connections within global economy factors. He/she can generalise complicated theories by seeing the relevancy behind the economic signals. He/she can explain economic fluctuations and reasons behind them. He/she justifies outcome for various global assumptions, formulating the impacts of GDP, inflation, employment and other factors related. He/she finds the links between global economy factors by evaluating the information available. The student uses feedback to grow professionally, he/she develops creative and flexible mindset and works in a responsible manner.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

06.02.2024 - 06.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 30.04.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Virtuaaliosuus

1 op

Toteutustapa

80 % Lähiopetus, 20 % Etäopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

15 - 40

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Shaidul Kazi
Vastuuhenkilö

Shaidul Kazi

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course aims to provide knowledge and deals with theories, models and techniques for recruitment, management, maintenance and development of competence based human resources for contemporary multi-skilled- virtual-, and network-based organizations.

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
• perform basic functions of HRM (staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance).
• define long term HR needs for a company.
• develop company-wide HR policy.
• maintain contact with labor union concerning different company issues.
• deal with multi-skilled workforce.
• integrate effectively ICT to HRM.

Sisältö (OJ)

The contents include the followings:
• How the contemporary workplace is changing and how the change process is affecting the HRM?
• Why strategic HR planning is necessary for an organization?
• What are the different steps in strategic HR planning?
• How to effectively perform basic functions of HRM?
• How the digitalization process is affecting HR performance?
• What are the basic issues to remember in international HRM?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

First year BBA studies or equivalent studies for the exchange students.

Lisätiedot (OJ)

Implementation plan.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognise basic concepts of employee staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance. He/she has a basic understanding of the long-term HR needs for a company and can participate in developing a company-wide HR policy. He/she can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work. The student can give and receive feedback but considers and assesses things from his/her own viewpoints. The student has the skills to be part of the group dealing with the labour union.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student can explain the good practices of employee staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance. He/she can explain diverse alternatives for the various HR activities and in addition, can be part of creating a new HR policy for a firm. He/she can help to select good actions for solving HR related problems. The student understands future applications of technology to HR management. He/she can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills further. The student can help to deal with the labour union.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student understands the good practices of and the relationships between employee staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance. The student is able to assist in defining the long-term HR needs for a company. He/she can assess diverse alternatives for the various HR activities, can help to create a new HR policy for a firm and solve HR related problems. The student understands future applications of technology to HR management. He/she can cooperate responsibly, constructively and flexibly with a diverse group of colleagues in solving practical problems. In case of need, the student can deal with the labour union.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

There is no exam but project, presentation and individual task.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Active participation to the course, individual task, project and presentation

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Contact lesson
Study conversation
Individual task
Group project
Presentation

Oppimateriaalit

Human Resource Management (9th edition or the newer publication), Gary Dessler, Prentice Hall

&

Suggested reading materials (given during the implementation)

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

- Total resource hurs= 27x5 = 135
- Contact meeting 7 (7 x 3): 21 hours
- Project: 30 hours
- Individual task: 30 hours
- Reading: 47 hours

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

Contact to the course teacher

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Real world company based course project. The course project wil be done in pairs or in small groups and it will be based on an interview with a human resource manager of a company.

Kansainvälisyys

Open

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

This is a contact lesson based course

Ilmoittautumisaika

01.07.2023 - 31.08.2023

Ajoitus

17.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Emmanuel Abruquah
Vastuuhenkilö

Emmanuel Abruquah

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course focuses on learning the basic concepts of information communication technology (ICT) and how to use computers in business perspective. The widely known MS-Office package is in use, with practical approach.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Use computer and its operating system.
• Create documents, calculations, presentations and communicate by using MS-Office.
• Further develop their practical ICT skills.

Sisältö (OJ)

• How to make business documents, where to save and how to print?
• How to make business spreadsheet calculations and charts?
• How to make business presentations?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student knows the basic ICT terms, is familiar with the basic MS Office tools (Excel, PowerPoint, and Word), and can use them. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student is able to use a cloud environment for sharing information. The student takes responsibility of his/her own studying but may still need some support or supervision for using the tools and working in a group.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student recognises well the basic ICT terms, is familiar with the basic MS Office tools (Excel, PowerPoint, Word) and can tailor their use based on the outcome required. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student uses cloud environment efficiently for sharing information. The student can do the given tasks independently and is able to support other team members.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can broadly and independently apply the MS Office tools and cloud environment. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student is very self-confident in solving problems in his/her application area, can explain and teach the tools and methods to others and help his/her team mates in their ICT problems.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.06.2023 - 07.09.2023

Ajoitus

30.08.2023 - 06.10.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Virtuaaliosuus

1 op

Toteutustapa

80 % Lähiopetus, 20 % Etäopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

15 - 80

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sini Jokiniemi
  • Jarmo Tuominiemi
Vastuuhenkilö

Sini Jokiniemi

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Learning outcomes of the course:
The course provides a theoretical overview and the tools for creating innovations for profitable business. Using service creation as a tool, it provides insights of product and services development process and the positioning of innovation into right marketplace. Also, creating a reasonable business model and basics of ensuring the intellectual property rights (IPR’s) are discussed.
After completing the course, students will be able to:
• Understand the different aspects of innovation, and its role in developing a business
• Recognize, assess and suggests solutions for supporting organizations innovation performance
• Apply innovation theories and practices in a variety of business settings
• Evaluate the business feasibility of innovations, products and services
• Understand the product and service design process phases
• Identify the critical phases of product and service design projects

Sisältö (OJ)

How to foster innovations?
How to develop products and services from innovations?
What are intellectual property rights and how to ensure them?
How to evaluate project business feasibility?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can name different aspects of innovation, and their role in developing a business. He/she can recognise solutions for supporting an organisation’s innovation performance. The student is able to apply innovation theories and practices in a variety of business settings. He/she can evaluate the business feasibility of innovations, products and services. The student recognises the different phases in the product and service design process.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is familiar with the different aspects of innovation, and their role in developing and growing a business. He/she can recognise and assess solutions for supporting an organisation’s innovation performance. The student understands the strategies most effective for exploiting innovations. The student is able to apply innovation theories and practices in a variety of business settings. He/she can evaluate the business feasibility of innovations, products and services. The student can plan, implement and assess the different phases of the product and service design process. He/she can identify critical phases of product and service design projects.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has in-depth understanding of the different aspects of innovation, and their role in developing and growing a business. He/she can recognise, assess and advocate the most suitable solutions for improving an organisation's innovation performance. The student can develop and implement the most effective strategies for exploiting innovations. The student is able to implement innovation theories into practice in a variety of business settings. He/she can boost the business feasibility of innovations, products and services. The student can plan, implement and assess the different phases of the product and service design process. He/she can tackle critical phases of product and service design projects.

Aika ja paikka

The course starts August 30th of August at 12:15 in class C4-05a. There are altogether 9 teaching sessions taking place twice a week except for the last week.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

There's no exam. The course evaluation is based on the individual learning diary and team/pair exercises. Active attendance in lectures has a positive impact on grading.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Individual learning diary
Team assignments
Active participation in the contact sessions and teamwork.
More detailed assessment criteria will be given in the first contact session.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lectures, team exercises, learning diary

Oppimateriaalit

Selected articles available in Moodle
Lecture slides

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

The course is worth 5 credits, which means a total workload of 135 hours. Contact teaching is appr. 27 hours and the rest is students' independent work.

Sisällön jaksotus

The course is part of the Innovation Management and Business Development study module. Towards the end of the course "Consultation Projects: Entrepreneurship focus / Business Development focus " course will start. It is the practical part of the study module where the learnings of this course will be implemented.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

None

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Teachers:
Sini Jokiniemi and Jarmo Tuominiemi

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 31.08.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 23.10.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

Liiketalous ja media

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sini Jokiniemi
  • Jarmo Tuominiemi
Vastuuhenkilö

Jarmo Tuominiemi

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Learning outcomes of the course:
The course provides a theoretical overview and the tools for creating innovations for profitable business. Using service creation as a tool, it provides insights of product and services development process and the positioning of innovation into right marketplace. Also, creating a reasonable business model and basics of ensuring the intellectual property rights (IPR’s) are discussed.
After completing the course, students will be able to:
• Understand the different aspects of innovation, and its role in developing a business
• Recognize, assess and suggests solutions for supporting organizations innovation performance
• Apply innovation theories and practices in a variety of business settings
• Evaluate the business feasibility of innovations, products and services
• Understand the product and service design process phases
• Identify the critical phases of product and service design projects

Sisältö (OJ)

How to foster innovations?
How to develop products and services from innovations?
What are intellectual property rights and how to ensure them?
How to evaluate project business feasibility?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can name different aspects of innovation, and their role in developing a business. He/she can recognise solutions for supporting an organisation’s innovation performance. The student is able to apply innovation theories and practices in a variety of business settings. He/she can evaluate the business feasibility of innovations, products and services. The student recognises the different phases in the product and service design process.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is familiar with the different aspects of innovation, and their role in developing and growing a business. He/she can recognise and assess solutions for supporting an organisation’s innovation performance. The student understands the strategies most effective for exploiting innovations. The student is able to apply innovation theories and practices in a variety of business settings. He/she can evaluate the business feasibility of innovations, products and services. The student can plan, implement and assess the different phases of the product and service design process. He/she can identify critical phases of product and service design projects.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has in-depth understanding of the different aspects of innovation, and their role in developing and growing a business. He/she can recognise, assess and advocate the most suitable solutions for improving an organisation's innovation performance. The student can develop and implement the most effective strategies for exploiting innovations. The student is able to implement innovation theories into practice in a variety of business settings. He/she can boost the business feasibility of innovations, products and services. The student can plan, implement and assess the different phases of the product and service design process. He/she can tackle critical phases of product and service design projects.

Aika ja paikka

There are altogether 9 teaching sessions taking place twice a week except for the last week.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

There's no exam. The course evaluation is based on the individual learning diary and team/pair exercises. Active attendance in lectures has a positive impact on grading.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lectures, team exercises, learning diary

Oppimateriaalit

Selected articles available in Moodle
Lecture slides

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

The course is worth 5 credits, which means a total workload of 135 hours. Contact teaching is appr. 27 hours and the rest is students' independent work.

Sisällön jaksotus

The course is part of the Innovation Management and Business Development study module. Towards the end of the course "Consultation Projects: Entrepreneurship focus / Business Development focus " course will start. It is the practical part of the study module where the learnings of this course will be implemented.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Teachers:
Sini Jokiniemi and Jarmo Tuominiemi

Ilmoittautumisaika

04.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 15.04.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salman Saleem
  • Annikka Lepola
Vastuuhenkilö

Salman Saleem

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course aims to provide students with necessary knowledge related to an international project. This course is executed in co-operation with TAMK international partner universities. The students work with a branding project in teams consisting of members from several universities, using virtual communication tools: social media, video meetings and cloud services. In the project the students will learn how to analyze and develop a brand in an international context but quite as importantly how to deal with cultural differences in an international project.

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
• describe and apply a theoretical framework for developing a brand.
• analyze and evaluate strengths and development areas of a brand.
• create or develop a brand strategy for a product, service or a company.
• work in an international project using virtual communication tools.

Sisältö (OJ)

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
• describe and apply a theoretical framework for developing a brand.
• analyze and evaluate strengths and development areas of a brand.
• create or develop a brand strategy for a product, service or a company.
• work in an international project using virtual communication tools.

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

Basic knowledge of Marketing.

Lisätiedot (OJ)

Implementation Plan.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to recognise the basic concepts of branding. He/she is able to conduct his/her part and participate in the brand strategy development assignment, with assistance, following instructions. The student participates in the international teamwork and is able to recognise his/her contribution to the task.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to explain the structure of brand strategy and brand identity as tools of brand management. He/she is able to research the business environment of a brand for developing a brand strategy. The student is able to develop a brand strategy plan. The student acts as an active member of an international project team, takes responsibility of his/her own work and is able to co-operate in a multinational team also by using virtual communication tools.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to analyse the theoretical concepts of branding and apply them in the branding assignment in an excellent manner. He/she is able to develop different solutions for the brand challenge based on the research and assess different alternatives. The student is able to creatively apply the theoretical tools to develop a well reasoned brand strategy. The student takes a leading role in the international teamwork or part of it, can co-operate flexibly and constructively taking into account the cultural differences of the participants and thereby develop the group’s interaction.

Aika ja paikka

A compulsory information session for all course participants will be held on Thursday 25th Jan 2024 starting at 15 o'clock on site on campus. The vital arrangements for the course, and in particular for the international intensive week (travel bookings, travel allowances etc.) will be discussed that time.

The virtual kick-off events for the project course will be held on Tuesday 6th February and Thursday 8th February 2024. The virtual online sessions and classes on site on campus are always on Thursdays afternoons. Participation in these is compulsory for all course participants. In addition to these meetings, the course includes independent team and individual work. Some meetings will be held on site on campus with the national teams. Later in the course, the international teams will work online.

The course includes an international intensive CoBra (Co-Branding) week in Brno, Czech Republic during week 12 (18.3.-22.3.2024), which participants are expected to attend also outside regular class hours. Sunday 17th March is the travel day for the intensive week. Participation in the intensive week is a compulsory part of the course. The project course ends with the intensive week. A more detailed timetable will be given in the beginning of the course.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

The course does not include an exam. This is a project course and the assessment is based on the final outputs of the project team and teamwork performance.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Studying is mainly based on students’ team work around a business branding case, coached by the lecturers from TAMK and the international partner universities. The students work first in national teams and later on in international teams with members from the partner universities. Regular virtual online sessions are an essential part of the course. The national team sessions are held on site on campus.

Sisällön jaksotus

A more detailed course timetable and structure will be given in the beginning of the project course.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

The course includes a real international business branding case.

Kansainvälisyys

This course is executed in co-operation with TAMK International Business in Finland, Brno University of Technology in Czech Republic, Windesheim University of Applied Sciences in the Netherlands, and Karel de Grote University of Applied Sciences and Arts in Antwerp, Belgium.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to recognise the basic concepts of branding. He/she is able to conduct his/her part and participate in the brand strategy development assignment, with assistance, following instructions. The student participates in the international teamwork and is able to recognise his/her contribution to the task.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to explain the structure of brand strategy and brand identity as tools of brand management. He/she is able to research the business environment of a brand for developing a brand strategy. The student is able to develop a brand strategy plan. The student acts as an active member of an international project team, takes responsibility of his/her own work and is able to co-operate in a multinational team also by using virtual communication tools.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to analyse the theoretical concepts of branding and apply them in the branding assignment in an excellent manner. He/she is able to develop different solutions for the brand challenge based on the research and assess different alternatives. The student is able to creatively apply the theoretical tools to develop a well reasoned brand strategy. The student takes a leading role in the international teamwork or part of it, can co-operate flexibly and constructively taking into account the cultural differences of the participants and thereby develop the group’s interaction.

Ilmoittautumisaika

23.07.2023 - 21.08.2023

Ajoitus

22.08.2023 - 31.07.2024

Laajuus

60 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 2

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Ryhmät
  • AVOINAMK
    Avoin amk

Sisältö (OJ)

Studies consist of first year studies of the degree programme.

You will study full time in the degree programme´s student group. Open UAS students are reserved two (2) study places in the group.

The enrollment will start on 2 August at 9 am and end on 3 August at 11.59 pm. If there are still study places left after the enrollment period ends, the period may be continued. Places are filled on a first-come-first-serve basis and registration is done in our online store.

The fee for the open path studies is 300 euros. You pay 150 € when enrolling and 150 € will be invoiced in September.

Path studies in English require good oral and written English language skills.


The fee for the first year is the same for all students. If you apply to become a degree student and are not an EU/EEA student, you will have a tuition fee like all the other non-EU/EEA –students.

Degree application and student selection
You can apply for admission to the degree programme based on your Open UAS studies. If you start path studies in the autumn 2023, you will be able to apply to become a degree student in the application on the basis of Open UAS studies in studyinfo.fi in May 2024.
Student selection is made considering your completed amount of credit points and study success. Study success means the GPA of the studies completed during your Open UAS Path Studies. If necessary, students are placed in order by their GPA (highest to lowest).
Required amount of credit points (Bachelor in International Business 50 cr) has to be completed by 31 July 2024.
Student Benefits
Open UAS students do not receive Kela’s financial aid for students or any other student benefits. If you are a customer of TE Services, you should check your study right with them before signing up for Open UAS studies.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Laajuus

30 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Marita Tuomala
  • Janne Hopeela
Vastuuhenkilö

Marita Tuomala

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki
  • 21IB
    International Business, syksy 2021, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Practical training will familiarize the students in a supervised manner with the practical work assignments of the field studied as well as application of knowledge and skills in working life. In the International Business programme, the Finnish students look for a practical training place abroad, while the foreign students seek for a job in Finland.

The International Practical Training (5 months = 30 credits) must be a full-time position. The training can be done in no more than two parts. The shortest accepted full-time position can be of one month in length. Before starting the international practical training, the students will need to participate in a practical training orientation program, which will be arranged during the late autumn term of the second year. The student must contact the Practical Training Supervisor well in advance before the work placement and a written agreement on the practical training is required.

After and during the practical training, the students will be able to:
• learn the organizational culture of the employer and rules of the working life.
• apply learned theory and skills with practice.
• learn practicalities of the field studied.
• plan their career based on their practical training experience.
• create networks with the employer and the working life.
• collect ideas for the final thesis.

Sisältö (OJ)

The contents include the followings:
• What does supervised practical training mean?
• What are the tasks of a BBA?
• How to act as a member of a work community?
• What are my strengths and ‘development areas’ in the working life?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, hyväksytty/hylätty (OJ)

Pass:

The student completes practical training for the required length in practical assignments in their field of study. He/she is able to apply the rules, knowledge and skills to their practical training. All the required documentation is submitted to the practical training supervisor and the feedback discussion takes place. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility of his/her own work.

Fail:
The student has does not complete the required length of practical training in their field of study. The required documents are not submitted to the supervisor, and no feedback discussion takes place with the practical training supervisor.

Aika ja paikka

During the 2nd or 3rd study year either in Finland or abroad

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No exam. Students are writing reports and weekly diaries during the practical training period.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

During the practical training TAMK BBA students are building their knowledge and practical skills in the field of their chosen mandatory module of the TAMK BBA programme. Evaluation is based on practical training reports and final discussion after the practical training period -> pass.

Arviointiasteikko

Hyväksytty/hylätty

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Before starting the practical training the students will need to participate in a Practical Training Orientation which will be arranged during the autumn term of the second study year. The student must contact the Practical Training Supervisor at TAMK well in advance before signing the practical training agreement. A written agreement is always required. Students will have a supervisor both in the company and at TAMK during their practical training. Students are writing reports and weekly diaries during the practical training period.

Oppimateriaalit

Guidelines for Practical Training are discussed during the Practical Training Orientation. Description of Practical Training can be found in IB Curriculum and more detailed guidelines in TAMK Intra, student's handbook.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

The practical training is 30 ECTS which equals 5 months of full-time work (20 working weeks). The practical training can be done in no more than two parts.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

In case of accreditation of your previous work experience please contact either Ms. Tuomala or Mr. Hopeela

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

During the practical training period the students will learn the organizational culture of the employer and rules of the working life. Students will find the work placement themselves. Students are able to use TAMK's JobTeaser portal to find internships.

Kansainvälisyys

Finnish degree students are recommended to look for practical training positions abroad and foreign degree students either in Finland or abroad. We have some international connections; please contact your practical training supervisors.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

For more information please contact either:
Marita Tuomala; marita.tuomala@tuni.fi or
Janne Hopeela; janne.hopeela@tuni.fi

Arviointikriteerit - hyväksytty/hylätty (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Pass - when all the required reports and a copy of the employment / internship certificate have been submitted to the practical training supervisor in Moodle and the feedback discussion has taken place between the student and the practical training supervisor at TAMK.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Ajoitus

10.01.2024 - 22.02.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Tomi Leino
  • Juha Tuominen
Vastuuhenkilö

Juha Tuominen

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course is an introduction to practices of international trade and to legal framework in international trade transactions. This course consists of two parts A. Practices of International Trade and B. Introduction to International Law and Contracts.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Describe the contents and requirements of international offers and invoices.
• Define the terms of delivery (Incoterms) and know how to use them.
• Explain and describe the main international payment methods and key documents in export process.
• Explain how to use INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance in foreign trade.
• Know the basic concepts of contract law and contract terms commonly used in international agreements.
• Identify situations where CISG applies and what the basic obligations of a seller and a buyer are under CISG.
• Know what a breach of contract means and the possible remedies for a breach of contract.
• Know the differences between common dispute resolution mechanisms.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the contents and requirements of international offers and invoices?
• How does one use international delivery terms - Incoterms in offers and contracts?
• What are the main international payment methods and key documents in foreign trade?
• What are INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance and when are they needed?
• What are the main principles of contract law in international trade?
• What is the scope of application of the CISG and what are the basic obligations of parties?
• How can contractual disputes be resolved and what are the sanctions for breach of contract?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognise, name and define basic concepts and terms in international trade and international contract law. The student can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work in individual and team assignments.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to explain, compare and apply the terms and concepts in international trade and international contract law. The student can solve problems in case studies and assignments and justify his/her choice. The student takes responsibility and commits to group activities in addition to his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can apply the terms and concepts in international trade and international contract law extensively and is able to analyse and relate them to professional context. The student is able to assess diverse solution alternatives in case studies and assignments. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

Aika ja paikka

The course will start week 2.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

PART A: Exam dates will be informed later
PART B. Exam dates will be informed later

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Grading scale 0 - 5. Total Grade: PART A. 70 % + PART B. 30 %

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

PART A / Tuominen: International Trade; Contact teaching in class, exercises, assignments, exam in Moodle
PART B / Leino: International Contracts - starting week 6; Contact teaching online, materials and assignments in Moodle

Oppimateriaalit

ICC Guide to Export / Import - Global Business Standards and Strategies by Guillermo C. Jimenez. ICC Publications 2018. Fifth Edition.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

3 ECTS = 80 hours student time usage
PART A: 2 ECTS: About 20 hours lectures + 20 hours studying the course literature and materials + 10 hours making the L/C assignment and other assignments
PART B: 1 ECTS: About 30 hours; lectures + assignments

Sisällön jaksotus

Part A: Practices of International trade; weeks 2 - 10
Part B: International Law and Contracts; weeks 3 - 5
The detailed course plan will be introduced during the first class.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

None

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

None

Kansainvälisyys

None

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Further information:
Juha Tuominen
juha.tuominen@tuni.fi

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student is not able to name or define the basic concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law. The student has failed in exam / exams and / or mandatory assignments.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has limited knowledge of the basic concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in exam grades 1 - 2. The student is able to list, define and explain the basic concepts and terms in mandatory assignments.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has good knowledge of the concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in exam grades 3 - 4. The student is able to use and apply the terms and concepts well in simple tasks and mandatory assignments.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has excellent knowledge of the concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in an exam grade 5. The student masters the terms and concepts of the subject matter in an excellent manner and is able to apply and analyse the terms and concepts extensively in mandatory assignments and challenging case studies.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Ajoitus

10.01.2024 - 22.02.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Tomi Leino
  • Juha Tuominen
Vastuuhenkilö

Juha Tuominen

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course is an introduction to practices of international trade and to legal framework in international trade transactions. This course consists of two parts A. Practices of International Trade and B. Introduction to International Law and Contracts.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Describe the contents and requirements of international offers and invoices.
• Define the terms of delivery (Incoterms) and know how to use them.
• Explain and describe the main international payment methods and key documents in export process.
• Explain how to use INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance in foreign trade.
• Know the basic concepts of contract law and contract terms commonly used in international agreements.
• Identify situations where CISG applies and what the basic obligations of a seller and a buyer are under CISG.
• Know what a breach of contract means and the possible remedies for a breach of contract.
• Know the differences between common dispute resolution mechanisms.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the contents and requirements of international offers and invoices?
• How does one use international delivery terms - Incoterms in offers and contracts?
• What are the main international payment methods and key documents in foreign trade?
• What are INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance and when are they needed?
• What are the main principles of contract law in international trade?
• What is the scope of application of the CISG and what are the basic obligations of parties?
• How can contractual disputes be resolved and what are the sanctions for breach of contract?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognise, name and define basic concepts and terms in international trade and international contract law. The student can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work in individual and team assignments.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to explain, compare and apply the terms and concepts in international trade and international contract law. The student can solve problems in case studies and assignments and justify his/her choice. The student takes responsibility and commits to group activities in addition to his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can apply the terms and concepts in international trade and international contract law extensively and is able to analyse and relate them to professional context. The student is able to assess diverse solution alternatives in case studies and assignments. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

Aika ja paikka

The course will start week 2.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

PART A: Exam dates will be informed later
PART B. Exam dates will be informed later

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Grading scale 0 - 5. Total Grade: PART A. 70 % + PART B. 30 %

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

PART A / Tuominen: International Trade; Contact teaching in class, exercises, assignments, exam in Moodle
PART B / Leino: International Contracts - starting week 6; Contact teaching online, materials and assignments in Moodle

Oppimateriaalit

ICC Guide to Export / Import - Global Business Standards and Strategies by Guillermo C. Jimenez. ICC Publications 2018. Fifth Edition.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

3 ECTS = 80 hours student time usage
PART A: 2 ECTS: About 20 hours lectures + 20 hours studying the course literature and materials + 10 hours making the L/C assignment and other assignments
PART B: 1 ECTS: About 30 hours; lectures + assignments

Sisällön jaksotus

Part A: Practices of International trade; weeks 2 - 10
Part B: International Law and Contracts; weeks 3 - 5
The detailed course plan will be introduced during the first class.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

None

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

None

Kansainvälisyys

None

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Further information:
Juha Tuominen
juha.tuominen@tuni.fi

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student is not able to name or define the basic concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law. The student has failed in exam / exams and / or mandatory assignments.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has limited knowledge of the basic concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in exam grades 1 - 2. The student is able to list, define and explain the basic concepts and terms in mandatory assignments.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has good knowledge of the concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in exam grades 3 - 4. The student is able to use and apply the terms and concepts well in simple tasks and mandatory assignments.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has excellent knowledge of the concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in an exam grade 5. The student masters the terms and concepts of the subject matter in an excellent manner and is able to apply and analyse the terms and concepts extensively in mandatory assignments and challenging case studies.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 12.10.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Petteri Vilén
Vastuuhenkilö

Petteri Vilén

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course, ABC of accounting, introduces the fundamentals of company accounting principles and practices. The perspective is practical, including both financial and management accounting themes.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• understand the role and relevancy of finance function within a company
• understand relevant finance and accounting terminology
• utilize key finance and accounting elements of a company

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are Profit & Loss, Balance sheet and Cash Flow?
• What are financial and management accounting about?
• What is double entry bookkeeping system?
• How to evaluate business financials?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student recognizes the role of accounting in a company and relevant accounting principles and practices. The student can name the most relevant topics in financial accounting and sees the purpose of operating a business. The student identifies the principles of bookkeeping and financial statements and can make basic bookkeeping postings. He/she recognizes the key principles of Finnish business taxation and legal obligations. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility as an individual learner, and act as part of a team.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to structure the connection between profitability, balance sheet and cash flow. The student can apply the principles of double entry postings and name the phases of year end close. The student is able to apply calculations for VAT, payroll and other obligations; he/she can make simple year end closings based on financial accounting process. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback and develop his/her interaction skills, adding value to the team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student adapts the course themes at advanced level. He/she expands the context with curiosity and analyses the course themes actively. The student finds the path towards academic approach and uses relevant information sources. The student is able to evaluate and assess financial accounting processes and build creative solutions by combining the course themes. The student pays needed attention to detail in cases, looks for alternative perspectives. The student uses feedback to iterate the learning process. The student is able to develop creative and constructive working methods and bring professional commitment throughout the course.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 12.10.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Petteri Vilén
Vastuuhenkilö

Petteri Vilén

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course, ABC of accounting, introduces the fundamentals of company accounting principles and practices. The perspective is practical, including both financial and management accounting themes.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• understand the role and relevancy of finance function within a company
• understand relevant finance and accounting terminology
• utilize key finance and accounting elements of a company

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are Profit & Loss, Balance sheet and Cash Flow?
• What are financial and management accounting about?
• What is double entry bookkeeping system?
• How to evaluate business financials?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student recognizes the role of accounting in a company and relevant accounting principles and practices. The student can name the most relevant topics in financial accounting and sees the purpose of operating a business. The student identifies the principles of bookkeeping and financial statements and can make basic bookkeeping postings. He/she recognizes the key principles of Finnish business taxation and legal obligations. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility as an individual learner, and act as part of a team.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to structure the connection between profitability, balance sheet and cash flow. The student can apply the principles of double entry postings and name the phases of year end close. The student is able to apply calculations for VAT, payroll and other obligations; he/she can make simple year end closings based on financial accounting process. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback and develop his/her interaction skills, adding value to the team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student adapts the course themes at advanced level. He/she expands the context with curiosity and analyses the course themes actively. The student finds the path towards academic approach and uses relevant information sources. The student is able to evaluate and assess financial accounting processes and build creative solutions by combining the course themes. The student pays needed attention to detail in cases, looks for alternative perspectives. The student uses feedback to iterate the learning process. The student is able to develop creative and constructive working methods and bring professional commitment throughout the course.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 12.09.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 23.10.2023

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Elena Grigorova
  • Tero Poutala
Vastuuhenkilö

Elena Grigorova

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course is an introduction to company processes and functions in a modern business environment. The aim is to cover the essentials for business operations and introduce the key legal aspects of setting up a business in Finland and choosing a company legal type. The students will learn to search for and apply professionally significant legal information.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• have a good insight into functions of modern business environment.
• adopt the principles of business profitability, liquidity and solvency.
• analyze the interdependence of various business variables.
• indentify and use the key sources of Finnish law
• describe the type of enterprise and their key differences
• understand the procedures required to establish a company
• draw up documents for the formation and registration of a company

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is a company and business operations?
• How to evaluate and measure the success of a business?
• What is organisational structure and its functions?
• What are the key sources of law and how to utilize them?
• Who has the right to trade in Finland
• What legal considerations are relevant to setting up a business?
• What are the key differences between the company legal forms?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student recognises main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with simple isolated examples. Work is poorly structured and there is no relationship to other ideas, concepts or previous knowledge. The student struggles to assess the impact of business activities on the business or society in general. The student recognizes the key sources of law and is able to define company legal forms.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student demonstrates sound understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with multiple relevant examples. He/she can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world and offer reasonable solutions. Work is mostly logical and well-structured, with some inconsistencies or minor errors. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and its immediate surrounding, mostly in the short-term. He/she can apply the key sources of law and is able to explain differences between company legal forms.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student demonstrates deep understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with authentic, connected examples. The student can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world, analyse underlying problems and synthesise solutions out of available alternatives. Work is logical and well-structured, and ideas are clearly expressed. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and the society in general, both in the short- and long-term, and demonstrates commitment to sustainable development. The student is able to apply different sources of law extensively and analyse and assess different company forms in a professional manner.

Aika ja paikka

Business Operations:
• According to the timetable; on campus
Legal aspects:
• According to the timetable; on campus

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Business Operations:
Exam dates and arrangements will be discussed in class at the start of the course.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Introduction to Business Operations (2 cr):
- Individual exam (70%)
- Participation in classroom discussions and group work (30%)
Legal Aspects (1 cr):
- Active participation and written assignment (100%)

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lectures, group work, self-study

Oppimateriaalit

Business Operations:
• Online resources and materials in Moodle
Legal Aspects (required reading):
• Surakka, Aapo. (2012). Access to Finnish law. Talentum Media. Pages 16–25 and 88–102.
Available in digital form in TAMK-Finna Alma Talent Verkkokirjahylly.
• Items covered in class, and
• Materials in Moodle

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

- Contact lessons 21 hours (7 x 3 h)
- Independent study 60 hours

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

None

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

- Mandatory attendance: 80%
- There is no hybrid option (some students on campus, some online).

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student recognises main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with simple isolated examples. Work is poorly structured and there is no relationship to other ideas, concepts or previous knowledge. The student struggles to assess the impact of business activities on the business or society in general. The student recognizes the key sources of law and is able to define company legal forms.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student demonstrates sound understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with multiple relevant examples. He/she can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world and offer reasonable solutions. Work is mostly logical and well-structured, with some inconsistencies or minor errors. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and its immediate surrounding, mostly in the short-term. He/she can apply the key sources of law and is able to explain differences between company legal forms.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student demonstrates deep understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with authentic, connected examples. The student can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world, analyse underlying problems and synthesise solutions out of available alternatives. Work is logical and well-structured, and ideas are clearly expressed. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and the society in general, both in the short- and long-term, and demonstrates commitment to sustainable development. The student is able to apply different sources of law extensively and analyse and assess different company forms in a professional manner.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 30.08.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 23.10.2023

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Elena Grigorova
  • Tero Poutala
Vastuuhenkilö

Elena Grigorova

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course is an introduction to company processes and functions in a modern business environment. The aim is to cover the essentials for business operations and introduce the key legal aspects of setting up a business in Finland and choosing a company legal type. The students will learn to search for and apply professionally significant legal information.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• have a good insight into functions of modern business environment.
• adopt the principles of business profitability, liquidity and solvency.
• analyze the interdependence of various business variables.
• indentify and use the key sources of Finnish law
• describe the type of enterprise and their key differences
• understand the procedures required to establish a company
• draw up documents for the formation and registration of a company

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is a company and business operations?
• How to evaluate and measure the success of a business?
• What is organisational structure and its functions?
• What are the key sources of law and how to utilize them?
• Who has the right to trade in Finland
• What legal considerations are relevant to setting up a business?
• What are the key differences between the company legal forms?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student recognises main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with simple isolated examples. Work is poorly structured and there is no relationship to other ideas, concepts or previous knowledge. The student struggles to assess the impact of business activities on the business or society in general. The student recognizes the key sources of law and is able to define company legal forms.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student demonstrates sound understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with multiple relevant examples. He/she can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world and offer reasonable solutions. Work is mostly logical and well-structured, with some inconsistencies or minor errors. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and its immediate surrounding, mostly in the short-term. He/she can apply the key sources of law and is able to explain differences between company legal forms.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student demonstrates deep understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with authentic, connected examples. The student can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world, analyse underlying problems and synthesise solutions out of available alternatives. Work is logical and well-structured, and ideas are clearly expressed. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and the society in general, both in the short- and long-term, and demonstrates commitment to sustainable development. The student is able to apply different sources of law extensively and analyse and assess different company forms in a professional manner.

Aika ja paikka

Business Operations:
• According to the timetable; on campus
Legal aspects:
• According to the timetable; on campus

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Business Operations:
Exam dates and arrangements will be discussed in class at the start of the course.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Introduction to Business Operations (2 cr):
- Individual exam (70%)
- Participation in classroom discussions and group work (30%)
Legal Aspects (1 cr):
- Active participation and written assignment (100%)

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lectures, group work, self-study

Oppimateriaalit

Business Operations:
• Online resources and materials in Moodle
Legal Aspects (required reading):
• Surakka, Aapo. (2012). Access to Finnish law. Talentum Media. Pages 16–25 and 88–102.
Available in digital form in TAMK-Finna Alma Talent Verkkokirjahylly.
• Items covered in class, and
• Materials in Moodle

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

- Contact lessons 21 hours (7 x 3 h)
- Independent study 60 hours

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

None

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

- Mandatory attendance: 80%
- There is no hybrid option (some students on campus, some online).

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student recognises main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with simple isolated examples. Work is poorly structured and there is no relationship to other ideas, concepts or previous knowledge. The student struggles to assess the impact of business activities on the business or society in general. The student recognizes the key sources of law and is able to define company legal forms.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student demonstrates sound understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with multiple relevant examples. He/she can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world and offer reasonable solutions. Work is mostly logical and well-structured, with some inconsistencies or minor errors. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and its immediate surrounding, mostly in the short-term. He/she can apply the key sources of law and is able to explain differences between company legal forms.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student demonstrates deep understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with authentic, connected examples. The student can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world, analyse underlying problems and synthesise solutions out of available alternatives. Work is logical and well-structured, and ideas are clearly expressed. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and the society in general, both in the short- and long-term, and demonstrates commitment to sustainable development. The student is able to apply different sources of law extensively and analyse and assess different company forms in a professional manner.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

28.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 40

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sari Matala
Vastuuhenkilö

Sari Matala

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Selling goods and services is not enough in modern economy. There is a need to consider the extra value of business supply by designing holistic, multisensory experiences for customers. Tourism is a typical business sector to implement experience economy characteristics and benefit from it.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Understand and identify the nature and the characteristics of experience economy.
• Comprehend the characteristics of tourism business
• Apply theories of experience economy, tourist motivational factors and tourist typology in business planning

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is experience economy about and how can we recognize it in modern world?
• What kind of a phenomenon is tourism and what are the main types of tourism business?
• How to apply the characteristics of tourism phenomenon in business planning?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognize and define the basic concepts of the experience economy in the context of tourism. The student is able to discuss and consider some characteristics of the experience economy. He/she can work in a group and take responsibility on his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to explain, compare and apply the theories of the experience economy and tourism. The student can make plans, solve problems, and choose an appropriate course of action. The student can take responsibility and commit to the group activities in addition to his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can generalise and analyse extensive entities and relations between the concepts and theories of the experience economy. The student can search for diverse courses of action and solution alternatives and assess these alternatives. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No exam

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Individual working, team working, discussion. Understanding experience economy, identifying characteristics and nature of it (and tourism business), applying academic material and reflecting it in business planning.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

The course combines face to face and online meetings, reading, discussion and peer-to-peer interaction as well as a team work assignment. The assignment is completed in small groups; the IB student teams are split into two small groups of 3-4 students.

Oppimateriaalit

See Moodle (available in Autumn 2023)
for the most relevant material on experience economy. Also additional inspirational material will be given. It is recommended that the student also acquires own suitable material for one's own learning and the task at hand.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

2 ECTS equals 54 hours of student work. The work load is divided between teacher driven sessions as well as group and individual work. Contact session (3 x 3 h = 9 hours), individual reading tasks and material search (~12 hours) and team work assignment (34 hours).
See detailed schedule in Moodle (available in Autumn 2023)

Sisällön jaksotus

See Moodle schedule (available in Autumn 2023)

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

No alternative means of completion.

Kansainvälisyys

International student teams

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Team work outcomes (Analysis paper) will be assessed as a group outcome (group members receiving the same grade). Make sure that your personal output/commitment is proper enough. Group is free to set extra task(s) for those who are not participating group work and also free to inform teacher of possible lower grade suggestion in such a case. Task must be submitted in time! Discuss with teacher beforehand, if extra time is needed.

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

No participation or poor participating in team working (peer evaluation). Task description is not followed. Student is not able to apply the experience economy (and tourism) principles/theories, student is not able to understand and apply material presented.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student is partly following the task description and/or understanding and applying the experience economy (and tourism) principles/theories. Student is able to discuss and consider only few characteristics when conducting the tasks. Material presented for the tasks is only partly applied and understood.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student is following the task description and understands and applies theories of experience economy (and tourism). Student is able to consider and discuss most of the significant characteristics of experience economy (and tourism) and presents examples. Material presented for the tasks is well applied.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student implements thorough understanding of the experience economy (and tourism) concepts and characteristics and is able to apply these fluently in business planning. Discussing and reflecting the ideas and characteristics of experience economy (and tourism) is fluent by various examples and own, new ideas or perspectives. Material presented for the tasks is carefully applied.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

28.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sari Matala
Vastuuhenkilö

Sari Matala

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Selling goods and services is not enough in modern economy. There is a need to consider the extra value of business supply by designing holistic, multisensory experiences for customers. Tourism is a typical business sector to implement experience economy characteristics and benefit from it.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Understand and identify the nature and the characteristics of experience economy.
• Comprehend the characteristics of tourism business
• Apply theories of experience economy, tourist motivational factors and tourist typology in business planning

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is experience economy about and how can we recognize it in modern world?
• What kind of a phenomenon is tourism and what are the main types of tourism business?
• How to apply the characteristics of tourism phenomenon in business planning?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognize and define the basic concepts of the experience economy in the context of tourism. The student is able to discuss and consider some characteristics of the experience economy. He/she can work in a group and take responsibility on his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to explain, compare and apply the theories of the experience economy and tourism. The student can make plans, solve problems, and choose an appropriate course of action. The student can take responsibility and commit to the group activities in addition to his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can generalise and analyse extensive entities and relations between the concepts and theories of the experience economy. The student can search for diverse courses of action and solution alternatives and assess these alternatives. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No exam

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Individual working, team working, discussion. Understanding experience economy, identifying characteristics and nature of it (and tourism business), applying academic material and reflecting it in business planning.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

The course combines face to face and online meetings, reading, discussion and peer-to-peer interaction as well as a team work assignment. The assignment is completed in small groups; the IB student teams are split into two small groups of 3-4 students.

Oppimateriaalit

See Moodle page (available in Autumn 2023)
https://moodle.tuni.fi/course/view.php?id=38007

for the most relevant material on experience economy. Also additional inspirational material will be given. It is recommended that the student also acquires own suitable material for one's own learning and the task at hand.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

2 ECTS equals 54 hours of student work. The work load is divided between teacher driven sessions as well as group and individual work. Contact session (3 x 2 h = 6 hours), individual reading tasks and material search (~12 hours) and team work assignment (36 hours).
See detailed schedule in Moodle (available in Autumn 2023)

Sisällön jaksotus

See Moodle schedule (available in Autumn 2023)

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

No alternative means of completion.

Kansainvälisyys

International student teams

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Team work otcomes (Analysis paper) will be assessed as a group outcome (group members receiving the same grade). Make sure that your personal output/commitment is proper enough. Group is free to set extra task(s) for those who are not participating group work and also free to inform teacher of possible lower grade suggestion in such a case. Task must be submitted in time! Discuss with teacher beforehand, if extra time is needed.

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

No participation or poor participating in team working (peer evaluation). Task description is not followed. Student is not able to apply the experience economy (and tourism) principles/theories, student is not able to understand and apply material presented.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student is partly following the task description and/or understanding and applying the experience economy (and tourism) principles/theories. Student is able to discuss and consider only few characteristics when conducting the tasks. Material presented for the tasks is only partly applied and understood.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student is following the task description and understands and applies theories of experience economy (and tourism). Student is able to consider and discuss most of the significant characteristics of experience economy (and tourism) and presents examples. Material presented for the tasks is well applied.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student implements thorough understanding of the experience economy (and tourism) concepts and characteristics and is able to apply these fluently in business planning. Discussing and reflecting the ideas and characteristics of experience economy (and tourism) is fluent by various examples and own, new ideas or perspectives. Material presented for the tasks is carefully applied.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 23.10.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salman Saleem
Vastuuhenkilö

Salman Saleem

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course is an introduction to modern business marketing. It introduces basic marketing concepts, theories and language with a focus of understanding the role and the needs of the customer in consumer business and business-to-business marketing.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Demonstrate knowledge about the significance and role of marketing
in business management.
• Describe the value creation process for customers by understanding
customer needs.
• Demonstrate knowledge of modern marketing mix in theory and
practice.
• Write a marketing plan for their business.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is marketing and what do marketers do?
• How to create customer value and experience?
• How to analyse marketing environment and collect marketing information?
• What are products, services and brands?
• How to do pricing?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognize and name the basic concepts of marketing. He/she can use the basic terms in a correct way and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted, and work in a team and take responsibility of his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to make a marketing plan accordingly. The student can select the most appropriate course of action from diverse options and justify his/her choice. The student has participated in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the final outcome with his/hers knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student understands extensively the concepts and principles of marketing. The student is able to conduct a fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student combines different solution alternatives creatively or create new ones. The individual contribution in the class and team have been especially active. The student cooperates responsibly, flexibly and constructively.

Aika ja paikka

Sessions will be held according to the schedule in Pakki.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

The final exam will be given at the last class meeting.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criteria (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

Required Textbook 
Kotler, P., Armstrong, G., Harris, L. C., & He, H. (2020). Principles of marketing: 8th European edition. 
Additional course material, such as blogs, videos, blogs, and short articles, will be provided in Moodle Workspace.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to the TAMK schedule, ECT credits, and Moodle timing instructions.
Students are expected to:
- Attend lessons
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Details are given in the first lesson

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Project work/case studies

Kansainvälisyys

Cases and discussion, global operational business environment, and international collaborative projects

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N/A

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can recognize and name the basic concepts of marketing. He/she can use the basic terms in a correct way and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted, work in a team and take responsibility for his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to make a marketing plan accordingly. The student can select the most appropriate course of action from diverse options and justify his/her choice. The student has participated in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the final outcome with his/hers knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student understands extensively the concepts and principles of marketing. The student is able to conduct a fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student combines different solution alternatives creatively or creates new ones. The individual contribution in the class and team have been especially active. The student cooperates responsibly, flexibly, and constructively.

Ilmoittautumisaika

24.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salman Saleem
Vastuuhenkilö

Salman Saleem

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course is an introduction to modern business marketing. It introduces basic marketing concepts, theories and language with a focus of understanding the role and the needs of the customer in consumer business and business-to-business marketing.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Demonstrate knowledge about the significance and role of marketing
in business management.
• Describe the value creation process for customers by understanding
customer needs.
• Demonstrate knowledge of modern marketing mix in theory and
practice.
• Write a marketing plan.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is modern multichannel marketing?
• What are examples of doing advertising, PR; personal selling and sales
promotion?
• How to do direct, online, social media and mobile marketing?
• What is sustainable marketing?
• How to write a marketing plan for a business and create website contents?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

Introduction to Marketing 1

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognize and define the basics of modern multichannel marketing and marketing mix. He/she can use the basic terms and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted. The student takes responsibility of his/her own work and can work in a group.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student applies modern multichannel marketing and marketing mix in marketing planning accordingly and solves the problems associated with it. The student participates in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the outcome with his/her knowledge. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student understands the concepts and principles of marketing extensively. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. He/she assesses diverse solution alternatives in marketing planning. The individual contribution in the class and team has been especially active. The student works responsibly and in a committed manner.

Aika ja paikka

Sessions will be held according to the schedule in Pakki.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Final exam will be given on the last class meeting

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

Required Textbook
Kotler, P., Armstrong, G., Harris, L. C., & He, H. (2020). Principles of marketing: 8th European edition.
Additional course material, such as blogs, videos, blogs, and short articles, will be provided in Moodle Workspace.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to the TAMK schedule, ECT credits, and Moodle timing instructions.
Students are expected to:
- Attend lessons
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Details are given in the first lesson

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Project work / case studies

Kansainvälisyys

Cases and discussion, global operational business environment, international collaborative projects.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can recognize and name the basic concepts of marketing. He/she can use the basic terms in a correct way and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted, work in a team and take responsibility for his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to make a marketing plan accordingly. The student can select the most appropriate course of action from diverse options and justify his/her choice. The student has participated in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the final outcome with his/hers knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student understands extensively the concepts and principles of marketing. The student is able to conduct a fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student combines different solution alternatives creatively or creates new ones. The individual contribution in the class and team have been especially active. The student cooperates responsibly, flexibly, and constructively.

Ilmoittautumisaika

24.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salman Saleem
Vastuuhenkilö

Salman Saleem

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course is an introduction to modern business marketing. It introduces basic marketing concepts, theories and language with a focus of understanding the role and the needs of the customer in consumer business and business-to-business marketing.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Demonstrate knowledge about the significance and role of marketing
in business management.
• Describe the value creation process for customers by understanding
customer needs.
• Demonstrate knowledge of modern marketing mix in theory and
practice.
• Write a marketing plan.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is modern multichannel marketing?
• What are examples of doing advertising, PR; personal selling and sales
promotion?
• How to do direct, online, social media and mobile marketing?
• What is sustainable marketing?
• How to write a marketing plan for a business and create website contents?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

Introduction to Marketing 1

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can recognize and define the basics of modern multichannel marketing and marketing mix. He/she can use the basic terms and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted. The student takes responsibility of his/her own work and can work in a group.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student applies modern multichannel marketing and marketing mix in marketing planning accordingly and solves the problems associated with it. The student participates in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the outcome with his/her knowledge. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student understands the concepts and principles of marketing extensively. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. He/she assesses diverse solution alternatives in marketing planning. The individual contribution in the class and team has been especially active. The student works responsibly and in a committed manner.

Aika ja paikka

Sessions will be held according to the schedule in Pakki.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Final exam will be given on the last class meeting

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

-Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

Required Textbook
Kotler, P., Armstrong, G., Harris, L. C., & He, H. (2020). Principles of marketing: 8th European edition.
Additional course material, such as blogs, videos, blogs, and short articles, will be provided in Moodle Workspace.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to the TAMK schedule, ECT credits and Moodle timing instructions.
Students are expected to:
- Attend lessons
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Details are given in the first lesson

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Project work / case studies

Kansainvälisyys

Cases and discussion, global operational business environment, international collaborative projects.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can recognize and name the basic concepts of marketing. He/she can use the basic terms in a correct way and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted, work in a team and take responsibility for his/her own work.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to make a marketing plan accordingly. The student can select the most appropriate course of action from diverse options and justify his/her choice. The student has participated in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the final outcome with his/hers knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student understands extensively the concepts and principles of marketing. The student is able to conduct a fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student combines different solution alternatives creatively or creates new ones. The individual contribution in the class and team have been especially active. The student cooperates responsibly, flexibly, and constructively.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 02.12.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 06.12.2024

Laajuus

2 op

Virtuaaliosuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Etäopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sari Matala
Vastuuhenkilö

Sari Matala

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This online course introduces the practical issues involved in the final thesis process. The course concentrates on giving the students necessary information and competences to begin the final thesis process. This free-choice course should be completed before the student starts the writing process under the guidance of an assigned supervisor.


After completing the course, the student will be able to:
Describe the different forms of final thesis as well as the principles of thesis assessment in TAMK.
Use the guides and instructions helping and regulating the final thesis process.
Apply the basic research approaches applicable in BBA theses.
Write a topic analysis with an appropriate form of thesis, literature review and frame of reference.
Manage his/her final thesis process.

Sisältö (OJ)

What does the concept of applied research mean?
What are the main research methods for applied research?
How does the final thesis process go in practice?

Arviointikriteerit, hyväksytty/hylätty (OJ)

Pass:
The student can explain the concept of applied research, understands the objectivity of a research and is able to justify the basic principles of a good research. He/she can apply a suitable quantitative or qualitative approach, including a variation of data collection methods, in his/her own thesis process. The student can give constructive feedback.

Fail:
The student fails to recognize the principles of an applied research and cannot define any valid research question nor research objectives on his/her own field. He/she cannot manage the assigned tasks even under supervision and his/her interaction skills are not satisfactory.

Aika ja paikka

Enrolling December 2023 - Spring semester 2024.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No exam

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Essay writing
Assessment is passed/failed

Arviointiasteikko

Hyväksytty/hylätty

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Online course with essay tasks (3 essays)

Oppimateriaalit

See Moodle course

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Spring semester 2024 and Autumn 2024 (Check tasks in Moodle course!) Student is able to proceed with tasks in his/her own pace within a year. Dead line for submitting tasks is 1.12.2024.

Sisällön jaksotus

Spring semester 2024 and Autumn 2024 (Check tasks in Moodle course!) Student is able to proceed with tasks in his/her own pace within a year. Dead line for submitting tasks is 1.12.2024.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

None

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

-

Kansainvälisyys

-

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

This course must be conducted before starting the thesis process.
Assessment is passed/failed
Student is able to proceed with tasks in his/her own pace within a year. Dead line for submitting tasks is 1.12.2024.

Arviointikriteerit - hyväksytty/hylätty (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Approved essays according to task descriptions applying academic writing with references. See Tamk report Guide for writing.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 18.01.2024

Ajoitus

19.01.2024 - 23.02.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Jarmo Tuominiemi
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course introduces the basics of Logistics and Supply Chain Management operations. The course will focus on the business and humanitarian (emergency) sides of SCM. The students will learn the basics of procurement, inventory, warehousing and transportation processes, with full integration using ERP systems such as SAP AIl in One and Business One.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Describe the basic concepts and principles of logistics
• Manage the logistics process in a company using ERP systems transaction such as sales orders, purchase orders, order fulfilment, product issues and inventory control.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is Logistics and Supply Chain Management?
• How SCM works in services, industrial and humanitarian sectors?
• How to make and simulate real business activities in SAP?
• How SAP works and manages the business integration?
• What are the logistics costs and how to create value added services in SCM?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to identify basic level knowledge in supply chain management. The student has basic understanding of logistics in general and how it is connected to organisation's most common processes. The student is capable of applying some knowledge to relevant, working life situations regarding SCM. The student demonstrates basic skills by submitting required tasks and assignments during the course.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine main tasks and challenges in (emergency) supply chain. The student can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables. The student has a good level of knowledge and wide understanding of (humanitarian) logistics. The student is capable of applying the acquired knowledge to relevant working life SCM related situations. The student contributes according to teacher's expectations to tasks and assignments during the course.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to master tasks, challenges and different modes in (emergency) supply chain. The student has a professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of (humanitarian) logistics. The student demonstrates a high skill level, creates value and shares information with other participants. The student is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations. The student actively contributes to tasks and assignments during the course. The student is also able to collect information from various nodes of SC and use the extracted information in SC planning, development and management, while streamlining it with proper managerial SCM-tools. The student can also use the acquired information as a basis for new, added value containing data creation. The student is able to capitalise on knowledge in the execution of organisation's daily SCM related processes.

Aika ja paikka

19.01: 08:00 - 11.00 in B3-27
26.01: 08:00 - 11.00 in B3-27
02.02: 08:00 - 11.00 in B3-27
09.02: 08:00 - 11.00 in B3-27
16.02: 08:00 - 11.00 in B3-27
23.02: 08:00 - 11.00 in B3-27

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Final exam will be given on the last class meeting

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Assigned tasks, report, exam, and participation will be evaluated.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped class sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Project- based learning
- Case-based learning

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Assigned books
- Articles
- Case studies
- Video

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Students are expected to:
- Attend sessions
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Complete the final report and exam
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Themes for the course:
- Supply chain management- the big picture
- Service supply chains, strategy and processes
- Logistics, technology
- Humanitarian supply chain management and logistics
- Lean, JIT
- Risks and risk management

Sustainability topics will run parallel to the course themes.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Knowledge gained from the course can be applied to various roles along the supply chain's functions.

Kansainvälisyys

Multiple global case studies will be used in the course

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 18.01.2024

Ajoitus

19.01.2024 - 23.02.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Jarmo Tuominiemi
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course introduces the basics of Logistics and Supply Chain Management operations. The course will focus on the business and humanitarian (emergency) sides of SCM. The students will learn the basics of procurement, inventory, warehousing and transportation processes, with full integration using ERP systems such as SAP AIl in One and Business One.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Describe the basic concepts and principles of logistics
• Manage the logistics process in a company using ERP systems transaction such as sales orders, purchase orders, order fulfilment, product issues and inventory control.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is Logistics and Supply Chain Management?
• How SCM works in services, industrial and humanitarian sectors?
• How to make and simulate real business activities in SAP?
• How SAP works and manages the business integration?
• What are the logistics costs and how to create value added services in SCM?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to identify basic level knowledge in supply chain management. The student has basic understanding of logistics in general and how it is connected to organisation's most common processes. The student is capable of applying some knowledge to relevant, working life situations regarding SCM. The student demonstrates basic skills by submitting required tasks and assignments during the course.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine main tasks and challenges in (emergency) supply chain. The student can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables. The student has a good level of knowledge and wide understanding of (humanitarian) logistics. The student is capable of applying the acquired knowledge to relevant working life SCM related situations. The student contributes according to teacher's expectations to tasks and assignments during the course.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to master tasks, challenges and different modes in (emergency) supply chain. The student has a professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of (humanitarian) logistics. The student demonstrates a high skill level, creates value and shares information with other participants. The student is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations. The student actively contributes to tasks and assignments during the course. The student is also able to collect information from various nodes of SC and use the extracted information in SC planning, development and management, while streamlining it with proper managerial SCM-tools. The student can also use the acquired information as a basis for new, added value containing data creation. The student is able to capitalise on knowledge in the execution of organisation's daily SCM related processes.

Aika ja paikka

19.01: 11.00 - 14:00 in B3-27
26.01: 11.00 - 14:00 in B3-27
02.02: 11.00 - 14:00 in B3-27
09.02: 11.00 - 14:00 in B3-27
16.02: 11.00 - 14:00 in B3-27
23.02: 11.00 - 14:00 in B3-27

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Final exam will be given on the last class meeting

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Assigned tasks, report, exam, and participation will be evaluated.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped class sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Project- based learning
- Case-based learning

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Assigned books
- Articles
- Case studies
- Video

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Students are expected to:
- Attend sessions
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Complete the final report and exam
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Themes for the course:
- Supply chain management- the big picture
- Service supply chains, strategy and processes
- Logistics, technology
- Humanitarian supply chain management and logistics
- Lean, JIT
- Risks and risk management

Sustainability topics will run parallel to the course themes.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Knowledge gained from the course can be applied to various roles along the supply chain's functions.

Kansainvälisyys

Multiple global case studies will be used in the course

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 10.01.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 29.02.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Shaidul Kazi
Vastuuhenkilö

Shaidul Kazi

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Culture is an integral part of everyday organizational life. Understanding culture facilitates organizational success in national- as well as international market. The course is designed to deal with culture and its impact in managing/leading organization made up of people from diverse cultural background.


After completing of the course, students will be able to:

Know culture from different points of view prioritizing the field of management and organization.

Lead multicultural workforce

Build work team/group with people from different cultural background

Deal with cultural differences effectively

Identify culture lenient motivational strategy

Manage cultural tension by engaging empathetic approach

Negotiate globally

Sisältö (OJ)

What is culture?

What is family-, national-, organizational- and business culture?

What are the roots of culture?

How culture influences management and the functioning of an organization?

How to deal with cultural challenges in forming group/team and leading people with diverse cultural background?

What are the crucial issues to remember while negotiating internationally?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

First year BBA studies or equivalent studies for the exchange students

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can define culture and recognises cultural differences. He/she is aware of the course load and able to do routine tasks. The student can give and receive feedback and can do project work in a group. He/she considers and assesses things from his/her viewpoints. The student can work in a group. He/she judges things mainly from his/her own perspective.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student compares culture and explains its impact upon different social entities. He/she helps to apply cultural approach in leading a multicultural workforce. The student as a resource person assists in solving problems in leading a multicultural workforce or building a multicultural team. He/she helps making plan for dealing with cultural differences effectively. He/she considers and assesses issues from multicultural perspectives and can engage in negotiation with counterparts from another culture. The student becomes responsible member of a diverse group.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student understands culture from multiple perspectives and analyses its impact on different social entities including business organisations. The student as a resource person acts independently or as part of a group in leading a multicultural workforce or building a multicultural team. He/she assists in finding solutions to team in dealing with cultural differences effectively. He/she actively engages himself/herself in the work group in finding solutions to problems at hand or adopting policy regarding a culture lenient motivational plan. Moreover, the student can play a flexible role in multicultural negotiation context.

Aika ja paikka

Two online, two face-to-face lessons in January 2024 & three face-to-face teaching in February, 2024.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No test but project, individual task & presentation

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Group project: 30%
Group project presentation: 10%
Presentation participation diary (Individual task): 10%
5 short individual task: 50%

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Online & face to face teaching|study conversation|individual task|project|presentation

Oppimateriaalit

Cultures and organizations : software of the mind : intercultural cooperation and its importance for survival, Hofstede, Geert, 2010 (suggested chapters)

The Culture Map: Decoding how people think, lead, and get things done across cultures. Erin Meyer (suggested chapters)
+
Lecture handouts & suggested reading

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Total time: 27x5 = 135 hours
Contact lesson 7 x 3: 21 hours
Project: 25 hours
Reading: 29 hours
Individual task & article note: 30 hours
Pre-assignment & online activity: 30 hours

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

Talk to the course teacher

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Possible & welcome

Kansainvälisyys

Open

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Lesson and own activity are crucial from the learning point of view

Ilmoittautumisaika

06.02.2024 - 06.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 24.04.2024

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Salman Saleem
Vastuuhenkilö

Salman Saleem

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

A minority of companies still rate their digital communications or customer communications at an advanced level. Instead they are still in the phase of transformation and development of their digital marketing capabilities. This course is not only about digital marketing – it is about marketing in a digital world. It will give the students skills in planning and executing digital marketing. The key question is: how can companies, both BtoC and BtoB, benefit from digitalizing their marketing operations. The course consists of theory lectures and weekly exercises where some of the digital marketing tools are used in practice.

After completing the course the students will be able to

After completing the course the students will be able to
• describe and explain the various forms of digital marketing and
social media
• design a digital marketing roadmap for a company
• use the tools of social media in business to establish a social
media marketing campaing
• create basic web pages, a blog or an online shop

Sisältö (OJ)

What is digital marketing?
What are the opportunities and threats of digital marketing?
What are the digital marketing media and tools?
How can a company enter the digital world in a structured and planned way?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

Introduction to Marketing or equivalent

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student has introductory knowledge of digital marketing practices but lacks an active role in creating and publishing content for the purpose. In a team his/her role is merely passive and he/she requires help from others to cope with his/her own tasks.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has basic knowledge of digital marketing and is able to independently take responsibility of his/her own learning as well as support other team members. He/she is an active contributor to the team, is able to understand and use social media channels for digital marketing and can provide good digital content to engage customers.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has advanced knowledge of digital marketing tools, is independent, takes full responsibility of his/her own learning and helps other team members to succeed. He/she understands well the dynamics of social media channels in marketing and is able to create attractive digital content to engage existing customers and attract new ones.

Aika ja paikka

Lessons according to the Pakki schedule

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

N/A

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

The course will consist of live lessons on campus, individual assignments, team work, team presentations and an internal Instagram project. Teams will work on practical cases provided by external businesses in the areas of social media marketing plans and strategies, website assistance, etc. Internal Instagram project will serve as a tool to practce lessons learned (content creation, understanding the platform from a marketing perspective etc.).

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Articles
- Case studies
- Videos
- Assigned E-books

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

The course will be intensive and carried out in one and half months calendar time. Students should be prepared for even load throughout the course.

Sisällön jaksotus

Contact days and internal project will discuss topical digital marketing areas. External customer project will run parallel.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Cooperation with external businesses

Kansainvälisyys

Some of the teams may have cases from abroad.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N/A

Ilmoittautumisaika

14.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

Liiketalous ja media

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salla Nieminen
  • Cristian Burr Raty
Vastuuhenkilö

Cristian Burr Raty

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This straightforward exercise based course provides the students with information and hands-on skills of selected fundamental parts of business mathematics.

The time value of money theory forms the foundation of the course. The predetermined main objectives for the students are to learn to apply the theory, solve problems and communicate the problems, their solutions as well as the achieved new understanding effectively.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Identify opportunities for mathematical problem solving involved with the time value of money concept and theory.
• Find out the present and future values of invested money in different cases of compounding.
• Compare interest rates, returns on investments and cash flows utilizing the effective rate, present value and net present value concepts.
• Find out the present and future value as well as the periodic payment of an ordinary annuity.
• Prepare simple loan amortization schedules and calculate amortizations in MS Excel.
• Communicate mathematical problems, their solutions and interpretations briefly and informatively.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the simple interest, growth percentage and sum of sequence all about?
• How are various compound interest and effective rate calculations solved?
• How are the present value and net present value (NPV) determined?
• What different types of annuities are there, and how are the periodic payment and the present and future values of an ordinary annuity determined?
• How can loan amortization schedules be prepared and loans become amortized?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of mathematics of finance. The student can solve basic level compound interest and present value problems. The student can take responsibility for any of his individual duties in routine mathematics of finance activities and is able to make some contribution in a group.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has the competence of explaining the concepts and methods of mathematics of finance and applying them in cases of reasonable difficulty. The student works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. The student can solve compound interest, present value and annuity exercises and problems as well as interpret the answers for the benefit of business projects and activities. His/her courses of action are well justified.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can analyse mathematics of business exercises and work on related business cases
individually. The student is able to choose approaches and construct equations and formulas applying the assigned mathematics of finance theory skillfully. The student can produce analyses and correct solutions to compound interest, present value and annuity problems as well as interpret the answers profoundly for the benefit of business projects and activities. The student’s courses of action are very well justified, and he/she makes noticeable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly in a committed manner.

Aika ja paikka

Independent studying, Online kick off and 2 tutoring sessions. Moodle exam.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Moodle exam (date notified in Moodle). Retake dates will be notified later.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Evaluation will be based on the submitted exercises and the final exam.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Exercises independently and tutoring sessions in the classroom.

Oppimateriaalit

To be shared in the Moodle page of the course.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

2 credits = ca 53 hours of work.

Sisällön jaksotus

See contents and course objectives. The schedule will be published in Moodle.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

Course can be completed independently. Two optional tutoring and recap sessions will be organized before the Moodle exam.

Ilmoittautumisaika

14.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

Liiketalous ja media

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salla Nieminen
  • Cristian Burr Raty
Vastuuhenkilö

Cristian Burr Raty

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This straightforward exercise based course provides the students with information and hands-on skills of selected fundamental parts of business mathematics.

The time value of money theory forms the foundation of the course. The predetermined main objectives for the students are to learn to apply the theory, solve problems and communicate the problems, their solutions as well as the achieved new understanding effectively.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Identify opportunities for mathematical problem solving involved with the time value of money concept and theory.
• Find out the present and future values of invested money in different cases of compounding.
• Compare interest rates, returns on investments and cash flows utilizing the effective rate, present value and net present value concepts.
• Find out the present and future value as well as the periodic payment of an ordinary annuity.
• Prepare simple loan amortization schedules and calculate amortizations in MS Excel.
• Communicate mathematical problems, their solutions and interpretations briefly and informatively.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the simple interest, growth percentage and sum of sequence all about?
• How are various compound interest and effective rate calculations solved?
• How are the present value and net present value (NPV) determined?
• What different types of annuities are there, and how are the periodic payment and the present and future values of an ordinary annuity determined?
• How can loan amortization schedules be prepared and loans become amortized?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of mathematics of finance. The student can solve basic level compound interest and present value problems. The student can take responsibility for any of his individual duties in routine mathematics of finance activities and is able to make some contribution in a group.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has the competence of explaining the concepts and methods of mathematics of finance and applying them in cases of reasonable difficulty. The student works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. The student can solve compound interest, present value and annuity exercises and problems as well as interpret the answers for the benefit of business projects and activities. His/her courses of action are well justified.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can analyse mathematics of business exercises and work on related business cases
individually. The student is able to choose approaches and construct equations and formulas applying the assigned mathematics of finance theory skillfully. The student can produce analyses and correct solutions to compound interest, present value and annuity problems as well as interpret the answers profoundly for the benefit of business projects and activities. The student’s courses of action are very well justified, and he/she makes noticeable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly in a committed manner.

Aika ja paikka

Independent studying, Online kick off and 2 tutoring sessions. Moodle exam.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Moodle exam (date notified in Moodle). Retake dates will be notified later.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Evaluation will be based on the submitted exercises and the final exam.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Exercises independently and tutoring sessions in the classroom.

Oppimateriaalit

To be shared in the Moodle page of the course.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

2 credits = ca 53 hours of work.

Sisällön jaksotus

See contents and course objectives. The schedule will be published in Moodle.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

Course can be completed independently. Two optional tutoring and recap sessions will be organized before the Moodle exam.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 06.03.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Toni Lehtimäki
  • Päivi Mayor
Vastuuhenkilö

Toni Lehtimäki

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course is focused on contemporary leadership theories, practices and skills that are needed to lead oneself and others ethically and effectively in a fast changing business environment.

After completing of the course, students will be able to:
1) define the role and responsibilities of a manager and leader in different organisations
2) understand their individual life motives that impact their leadership behaviour
3) create strategies for motivating and leading others in different situations
4) apply some essential leadership theories and practices in a fast changing environment
5) help other succeed by using some coaching techniques

Sisältö (OJ)

- Motivation theories and 16 life motives
- Leading yourself & stress management
- Modern leadership theories, practices and styles
- Change management
- Coaching skills

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

First year BBA studies

Lisätiedot (OJ)

Main learning methods are practical exercises and skills training with other students. Presence in lectures is required.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student defines the role and the responsibilities of a manager and a leader. He/she has a vague knowledge of his/her own individual life motives and superficial understanding about motivating and leading others. With the help of others, he/she can solve simple people-related problems using some of the leadership theories and practices. The student is able to apply some very basic coaching skills to certain extent. He/she can give feedback but mainly considers and assesses things from his/her own point of view without being able to assess his/her own behaviour critically or showing strong empathy towards others.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student explains the role and the responsibilities of a manager and a leader. He/she identifies some of his/her individual life motives and is able to draw conclusions to his/her actions based on the information. The student applies usual strategies for motivating and leading others. He/she can solve some people-related problems with the help of the most common leadership theories and practices. The student is able to apply some coaching skills but still needs a lot of practice to help others develop better. He/she can give feedback actively and constructively but is not very well able to assess his/her own leadership behaviour critically.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student understands the role and the responsibilities of a manager and a leader. He/she analyses his/her own actions and behaviours with the help of his/her individual life motives. The student creates new strategies for motivating and leading others. He/she combines leadership theories and practices for solving challenging people-related cases. The student is able to apply some coaching skills in a professional manner. He/she uses feedback systematically to help others develop and is able to assess his/her own leadership behaviour critically.

Aika ja paikka

09.01.2024 12.00 - 14.00 B5-20
Introduction of the course, team building, leading a team

16.1.2024 11.00 - 14.00 B5-20
Leadership theories, Leadership practices, line management

• 23.1.2024 11.00 - 14.00 B5-20
Leading yourself, model the way

• 30.1.2024 11.00 - 14.00 B5-20
Inspire a shared vision & Encourage the heart: Motivation

• 6.2.2024 11.00 - 14.00 B5-20
Enable others to act: Changing individual behaviour, giving and receiving feedback / Coaching skills

•13.2.2024 11.00 - 14.00 B5-20
Challenge the process: Leading change (students are responsible)

•20.2.2024 11.00 - 14.00 B5-20 or Online (it is up to team)
GROUP EXAM (Online or Campus it is up to team)

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

20.2.2024 11.00 – 14.00 Online Group Exam

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

1) Open book group exam "Challenging leadership cases" - Grading: 0-5
The group exam consists of several realistic cases where the students can apply their knowledge about different aspects of leadership. The cases will be solved in small teams that are created in the beginning of the course.
2) Individual "My Leadership Handbook" - Grading: 0-5
The handbook is good (3) if
• Lectures and discussions are clearly utilized
• Three of the suggested sources have been used
• The topics have been reflected through the person's own life and/or work experiences
• Peer group feedback has been used for the final version of the Handbook¨
• References have been used and marked correctly
3) Group Presentations / Teaching sessions -Grading 0-5

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Interactive lectures
Reading
Exercises
Group exam
Writing "My Leadership Handbook"

Oppimateriaalit

Kouzes and Posner - The Leadership Challenge
Cameron and Green - Making Sense of Change Management
Articles and other resources as given during the lectures

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

135 hours, 5 cr, consisting of about 20 hours of face-to-face lectures and over 100 hours of individual and group work

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

This course will build on the students' current and previous practical leadership experiences.

Kansainvälisyys

International cases will be used.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

In the group exam, references need to be used due to Chat GBT

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Ajoitus

09.01.2024 - 06.03.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Toni Lehtimäki
  • Päivi Mayor
Vastuuhenkilö

Toni Lehtimäki

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course is focused on contemporary leadership theories, practices and skills that are needed to lead oneself and others ethically and effectively in a fast changing business environment.

After completing of the course, students will be able to:
1) define the role and responsibilities of a manager and leader in different organisations
2) understand their individual life motives that impact their leadership behaviour
3) create strategies for motivating and leading others in different situations
4) apply some essential leadership theories and practices in a fast changing environment
5) help other succeed by using some coaching techniques

Sisältö (OJ)

- Motivation theories and 16 life motives
- Leading yourself & stress management
- Modern leadership theories, practices and styles
- Change management
- Coaching skills

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

First year BBA studies

Lisätiedot (OJ)

Main learning methods are practical exercises and skills training with other students. Presence in lectures is required.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student defines the role and the responsibilities of a manager and a leader. He/she has a vague knowledge of his/her own individual life motives and superficial understanding about motivating and leading others. With the help of others, he/she can solve simple people-related problems using some of the leadership theories and practices. The student is able to apply some very basic coaching skills to certain extent. He/she can give feedback but mainly considers and assesses things from his/her own point of view without being able to assess his/her own behaviour critically or showing strong empathy towards others.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student explains the role and the responsibilities of a manager and a leader. He/she identifies some of his/her individual life motives and is able to draw conclusions to his/her actions based on the information. The student applies usual strategies for motivating and leading others. He/she can solve some people-related problems with the help of the most common leadership theories and practices. The student is able to apply some coaching skills but still needs a lot of practice to help others develop better. He/she can give feedback actively and constructively but is not very well able to assess his/her own leadership behaviour critically.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student understands the role and the responsibilities of a manager and a leader. He/she analyses his/her own actions and behaviours with the help of his/her individual life motives. The student creates new strategies for motivating and leading others. He/she combines leadership theories and practices for solving challenging people-related cases. The student is able to apply some coaching skills in a professional manner. He/she uses feedback systematically to help others develop and is able to assess his/her own leadership behaviour critically.

Aika ja paikka

09.01.2024 14.00 - 16.00 B5-20
Introduction of the course, team building, leading a team

16.1.2024 14.00 - 17.00 B5-20
Leadership theories, Leadership practices, line management

• 23.1.2024 14.00 - 17.00 B5-20
Leading yourself, model the way

• 30.1.2024 14.00 - 17.00 B5-20
Inspire a shared vision & Encourage the heart: Motivation

• 6.2.2024 14.00 - 17.00 B5-20
Enable others to act: Changing individual behaviour, giving and receiving feedback / Coaching skills

•13.2.2024 14.00 - 17.00 B5-20
Challenge the process: Leading change (students are responsible)

•20.2.2024 14.00 - 17.00 B5-20 or Online (it is up to team)
GROUP EXAM (Online or Campus it is up to team)

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

20.2.2024 14.00 - 17.00 Online Group Exam

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

1) Open book group exam "Challenging leadership cases" - Grading: 0-5
The group exam consists of several realistic cases where the students can apply their knowledge about different aspects of leadership. The cases will be solved in small teams that are created in the beginning of the course.
2) Individual "My Leadership Handbook" - Grading: 0-5
The handbook is good (3) if
• Lectures and discussions are clearly utilized
• Three of the suggested sources have been used
• The topics have been reflected through the person's own life and/or work experiences
• Peer group feedback has been used for the final version of the Handbook¨
• References have been used and marked correctly
3) Group Presentations / Teaching sessions -Grading 0-5

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Interactive lectures
Reading
Exercises
Group exam
Writing "My Leadership Handbook"

Oppimateriaalit

Kouzes and Posner - The Leadership Challenge
Cameron and Green - Making Sense of Change Management
Articles and other resources as given during the lectures

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

135 hours, 5 cr, consisting of about 20 hours of face-to-face lectures and over 100 hours of individual and group work

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

This course will build on the students' current and previous practical leadership experiences.

Kansainvälisyys

International cases will be used.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

In the group exam, references need to be used due to the Chat GBT. Hence, the students need to show where the information has been taken.

Ilmoittautumisaika

08.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Ajoitus

29.08.2023 - 10.10.2023

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Katri Koli
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Operations Management (OM) is a discipline that applies to restaurants, cafe as well as to factories like Ford and Whirlpool. The techniques of OM apply throughout the world to virtualyy all productive enterprise. It doesn't matter if the application is in an office, a hospital, a restaurant, a department store, or a factory- the production of goods and services requires operations management. The course covers the basic aspects of OM including operations in services and production.

After completing the course, students will be able to:
- Manage the operations and processes in services and production

- Calculate the productivity and labour-productivity

- know how to design a service and product in order to minimize the inventory cost and design an optimal Supply Chain (Sustainable design )

- Know the forecasting methods

- Know the techniques of Material Requirement Planning

Sisältö (OJ)

Operations and Productivity

- Forecasting

- Design of goods and services

- Aggregate Planning and MRP

- JIT, SCORE Model and Lean Operations

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to recognise and analyse the organisation's processes and understand the basic principles of how they work together. The student understands the basic methodology of how to improve the processes' efficiency and their added value to both internal and external stakeholders. The student understands the importance of various, relevant stakeholders and the way how the information they each represent needs to be connected in order for the entire organisation to operate soundly. The student has a limited ability to plan and steer the organisation's processes.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to map entire organisation's processes and the way how they connect and interact as well with each other, as both internal and external stakeholders. The student knows several relevant tools which he/she can independently apply in various operations management situations. The student knows how and from where to acquire the necessary systemic information in order to analyse, improve and manage organisation's processes. The student is capable of adapting to changed requirements depending on which of the life-cycle stages the concerned processes are currently in. The student also understands how the processes are linked to the management supporting ERP-systems.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to plan, erect and manage any of the organisation's processes and to apply relevant tools where necessary. The student also knows how to manage the entity of organisation's processes and operations effectively. The student can question any of organisation's operation and focus his/hers attention on relevant attributes in order to improve their overall performance. The student also understands the meaning of channel separation and can apply this both when summoning information and capitalising on the collected information on practical level. The student can also benchmark an organisation and its processes, detecting pertinent bottlenecks or improvement areas. The student possesses also basic managerial strategic knowledge regarding execution of operations and processes.

Aika ja paikka

Blended learning approach, Sessions will be held on campus according to the schedule in Pakki. Meetings that are online will be announced in the class.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Details given in the first class meeting

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Assigned books (Operations Management, Slack, Chambers et al, multiple versions)
- Articles and case studies
- Video

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to TAMK schedule, ECT credits and Moodle timing instructions.
Students are expected to:
- Attend class sessions
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Complete the final report and exam
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Details given in the first lesson

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Project work / project case study

Kansainvälisyys

Cases and discussion, global operational business environment

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N/A

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student participation has been on adequate level based on course schedule

Student has the basic understanding on Operations management in general

Student has demonstrated basic skills by submitting required tasks and asignments during the course

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student's participation has been active during contact lessons and online between lessons.

Student understands operative roles, tasks and challenges

Student can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables

Student is capable of applying all the acquired knowledge in to relevant, working life situations

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has actively partipated and contributed to course implementation

Student has professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of operational model of different organisations

Student has demonstrated high skill level in operational management and created value and shared information to other partipants

Student is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge in to relevant, working life situations

Ilmoittautumisaika

08.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Ajoitus

29.08.2023 - 10.10.2023

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Katri Koli
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Operations Management (OM) is a discipline that applies to restaurants, cafe as well as to factories like Ford and Whirlpool. The techniques of OM apply throughout the world to virtualyy all productive enterprise. It doesn't matter if the application is in an office, a hospital, a restaurant, a department store, or a factory- the production of goods and services requires operations management. The course covers the basic aspects of OM including operations in services and production.

After completing the course, students will be able to:
- Manage the operations and processes in services and production

- Calculate the productivity and labour-productivity

- know how to design a service and product in order to minimize the inventory cost and design an optimal Supply Chain (Sustainable design )

- Know the forecasting methods

- Know the techniques of Material Requirement Planning

Sisältö (OJ)

Operations and Productivity

- Forecasting

- Design of goods and services

- Aggregate Planning and MRP

- JIT, SCORE Model and Lean Operations

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to recognise and analyse the organisation's processes and understand the basic principles of how they work together. The student understands the basic methodology of how to improve the processes' efficiency and their added value to both internal and external stakeholders. The student understands the importance of various, relevant stakeholders and the way how the information they each represent needs to be connected in order for the entire organisation to operate soundly. The student has a limited ability to plan and steer the organisation's processes.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to map entire organisation's processes and the way how they connect and interact as well with each other, as both internal and external stakeholders. The student knows several relevant tools which he/she can independently apply in various operations management situations. The student knows how and from where to acquire the necessary systemic information in order to analyse, improve and manage organisation's processes. The student is capable of adapting to changed requirements depending on which of the life-cycle stages the concerned processes are currently in. The student also understands how the processes are linked to the management supporting ERP-systems.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to plan, erect and manage any of the organisation's processes and to apply relevant tools where necessary. The student also knows how to manage the entity of organisation's processes and operations effectively. The student can question any of organisation's operation and focus his/hers attention on relevant attributes in order to improve their overall performance. The student also understands the meaning of channel separation and can apply this both when summoning information and capitalising on the collected information on practical level. The student can also benchmark an organisation and its processes, detecting pertinent bottlenecks or improvement areas. The student possesses also basic managerial strategic knowledge regarding execution of operations and processes.

Aika ja paikka

Blended learning approach, Sessions will be held on campus according to the schedule in Pakki. Meetings that are online will be announced in the class.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Details given in the first class meeting

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Assigned books (Operations Management, Slack, Chambers et al, multiple versions)
- Articles and case studies
- Video

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to TAMK schedule, ECT credits and Moodle timing instructions.
Students are expected to:
- Attend class sessions
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Complete the final report and exam
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Details given in the first lesson

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Project work / project case study

Kansainvälisyys

Cases and discussion, global operational business environment

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N/A

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student participation has been on adequate level based on course schedule

Student has the basic understanding on Operations management in general

Student has demonstrated basic skills by submitting required tasks and asignments during the course

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student's participation has been active during contact lessons and online between lessons.

Student understands operative roles, tasks and challenges

Student can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables

Student is capable of applying all the acquired knowledge in to relevant, working life situations

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has actively partipated and contributed to course implementation

Student has professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of operational model of different organisations

Student has demonstrated high skill level in operational management and created value and shared information to other partipants

Student is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge in to relevant, working life situations

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 10.01.2024

Ajoitus

10.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Katri Koli
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Operations Management (OM) is a discipline that applies to restaurants, cafe as well as to factories like Ford and Whirlpool. The techniques of OM apply throughout the world to virtualyy all productive enterprise. It doesn't matter if the application is in an office, a hospital, a restaurant, a department store, or a factory- the production of goods and services requires operations management. The course covers the basic aspects of OM including operations in services and production.

After completing the course, students will be able to:
- Manage the operations and processes in services and production

- Calculate the productivity and labour-productivity

- know how to design a service and product in order to minimize the inventory cost and design an optimal Supply Chain (Sustainable design )

- Know the forecasting methods

- Know the techniques of Material Requirement Planning

Sisältö (OJ)

Operations and Productivity

- Forecasting

- Design of goods and services

- Aggregate Planning and MRP

- JIT, SCORE Model and Lean Operations

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to recognise and analyse the organisation's processes and understand the basic principles of how they work together. The student understands the basic methodology of how to improve the processes' efficiency and their added value to both internal and external stakeholders. The student understands the importance of various, relevant stakeholders and the way how the information they each represent needs to be connected in order for the entire organisation to operate soundly. The student has a limited ability to plan and steer the organisation's processes.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to map entire organisation's processes and the way how they connect and interact as well with each other, as both internal and external stakeholders. The student knows several relevant tools which he/she can independently apply in various operations management situations. The student knows how and from where to acquire the necessary systemic information in order to analyse, improve and manage organisation's processes. The student is capable of adapting to changed requirements depending on which of the life-cycle stages the concerned processes are currently in. The student also understands how the processes are linked to the management supporting ERP-systems.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to plan, erect and manage any of the organisation's processes and to apply relevant tools where necessary. The student also knows how to manage the entity of organisation's processes and operations effectively. The student can question any of organisation's operation and focus his/hers attention on relevant attributes in order to improve their overall performance. The student also understands the meaning of channel separation and can apply this both when summoning information and capitalising on the collected information on practical level. The student can also benchmark an organisation and its processes, detecting pertinent bottlenecks or improvement areas. The student possesses also basic managerial strategic knowledge regarding execution of operations and processes.

Aika ja paikka

Sessions on campus according to the schedule in Pakki. Some sessions might be online (announced separately).

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No exam

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Evaluation details presented in the first lecture

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lectures, flipped learning, group work, individual study and reflection

Oppimateriaalit

Lecture materials available in Moodle
Course book: Operations Management by Slack et al (multiple versions available)

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

4 x 27 hours consisting of
- attending lectures and workshops (7x 3h)
- active participation in group work
- individual study and reflection

Sisällön jaksotus

Initial plan (subject to change):
- Introduction
- Strategy
- Performance
- Manufacturing Environments
- Planning and Control
- Lean
- Case study presentations

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Project case study can relate to an existing company

Kansainvälisyys

Cases and discussion, global operational business environment

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N/A

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 12.09.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Elena Grigorova
Vastuuhenkilö

Elena Grigorova

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course covers various aspects of organizational communication, including theoretical background and practical communication activities. It deals with written, verbal and non-verbal communication, focusing on clarity and appropriateness in all situations.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Demonstrate familiarity with theories of organizational communication.
• Adapt their communication style according to a range of interpersonal factors, such as relative status, degree of familiarity, and cultural norms.
• Use spoken English and non-verbal language effectively in face-to-face communication.
• Produce written English texts which meet set norms regarding lay-out, organization, and accuracy.
• Learn the basics of public relations

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the essentials for effective organizational communication?
• What are internal communications and public relations?
• With what communities, groups and individuals do organizations need to communicate?
• What factors affect the appropriate degree of formality and level of detail required in both face-to-face and written communication?
• What are the different channels, communication vehicles and activities needed?
• What discourse types and communication tools are typically used in organizational communication?
• How to measure success in communication?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can name the various participants in the communications process and describe communications theory. The student can identify internal and external communications and describe or illustrate the communications process. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present simple, factual information and follow templates to produce routine written communications content. The student is able to communicate in a business environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student can explain the role of participants and describe the processes of communications theory. The student can explain and apply communications processes to their own business simulation and develop internal and external communications strategies. The student can explain the communication principles of the public relations process, describe, and plan a communications process. The student is able to explain phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English and take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures. The student is able to present complex ideas and information, take account of and adjust communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates the ability to evaluate and adapt their communications approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new communications methods, channels and ideas.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can explain modern theories of communication, analyse the communications structures within an organization, design a public relations response to a business situation and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organization. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization, analyse communications issues and synthesise possible solutions and recognise possible implications. The student can collaborate with fellow learners during the learning process and evaluate different communications approaches. The student can improvise during a presentation to deal with unforeseen challenges and connect ideas and information from diverse sources and synthesis this to construct new understanding. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their communications as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values. He/she is open to new communication methods and ideas, including those driven by modern technological solutions. The student is able to adapt their communications techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

Aika ja paikka

On campus according to the timetable.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

- Please see Methods and Grounds for Evaluation.
- Further details will be provided in Moodle.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

The assessment is based on successful completion of the following tasks and activities:
- Internal Communication Scenarios - 25% (group task; self, peer & teacher evaluation)
- Communication Manual - 25% (group task; self, peer & teacher evaluation)
- Written Exam - 30% (individual task; teacher evaluation)
- Extension Tasks, Engagement and Course Participation - 20% (individual grade; teacher evaluation)

Grading rubrics will be provided for assessed tasks, and will be based on the principles of authentic learning and assessment and use the SOLO framework – “Structural Observation of Learning Outcomes” (Biggs and Collis, 1982, Biggs 1999).

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lectures, discussions, group and individual work, independent study.
Some tasks are linked to activities in the professional development course (virtual firms).

Oppimateriaalit

- Materials in Moodle
- Student’s own research (enquiry based learning)

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Total hours: 3 cr x 27 h = 81 h
- Contact lessons 36 hours (12 x 3 h)
- Independent study 45 hours

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

If a student has completed corresponding studies at another university or university of applied sciences, the student may apply for credit transfer through HyväHot / CreTa system.

Students who have acquired relevant skills and competencies through extensive work experience may complete the course through demonstration of competencies.

Such cases have to be discussed with the course teacher at the beginning of the course, and students may be required to complete additional assignments to demonstrate their knowledge and skills.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

The course is supportive of the professional development project the students are undertaking and is based on real life experience of working business and commerce.

Kansainvälisyys

The course will examine international organizational communication. Students will consider and reflect upon the impact and diversity of culture to organizational communications, using examples from the teacher and students' experiences.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

- Mandatory attendance: 80%
- No hybrid option (some students on campus, some online).

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can name the various participants in the communications process and describe communications theory. The student can identify internal and external communications and describe or illustrate the communications process. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present simple, factual information and follow templates to produce routine written communications content. The student is able to communicate in a business environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can explain the role of participants and describe the processes of communications theory. The student can explain and apply communications processes to their own business simulation and develop internal and external communications strategies. The student can explain the communication principles of the public relations process, describe, and plan a communications process. The student is able to explain phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English and take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures. The student is able to present complex ideas and information, take account of and adjust communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates the ability to evaluate and adapt their communications approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new communications methods, channels and ideas.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can explain modern theories of communication, analyse the communications structures within an organization, design a public relations response to a business situation and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organization. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization, analyse communications issues and synthesise possible solutions and recognise possible implications. The student can collaborate with fellow learners during the learning process and evaluate different communications approaches. The student can improvise during a presentation to deal with unforeseen challenges and connect ideas and information from diverse sources and synthesis this to construct new understanding. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their communications as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values. He/she is open to new communication methods and ideas, including those driven by modern technological solutions. The student is able to adapt their communications techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 02.09.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Elena Grigorova
Vastuuhenkilö

Elena Grigorova

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course covers various aspects of organizational communication, including theoretical background and practical communication activities. It deals with written, verbal and non-verbal communication, focusing on clarity and appropriateness in all situations.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Demonstrate familiarity with theories of organizational communication.
• Adapt their communication style according to a range of interpersonal factors, such as relative status, degree of familiarity, and cultural norms.
• Use spoken English and non-verbal language effectively in face-to-face communication.
• Produce written English texts which meet set norms regarding lay-out, organization, and accuracy.
• Learn the basics of public relations

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are the essentials for effective organizational communication?
• What are internal communications and public relations?
• With what communities, groups and individuals do organizations need to communicate?
• What factors affect the appropriate degree of formality and level of detail required in both face-to-face and written communication?
• What are the different channels, communication vehicles and activities needed?
• What discourse types and communication tools are typically used in organizational communication?
• How to measure success in communication?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can name the various participants in the communications process and describe communications theory. The student can identify internal and external communications and describe or illustrate the communications process. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present simple, factual information and follow templates to produce routine written communications content. The student is able to communicate in a business environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student can explain the role of participants and describe the processes of communications theory. The student can explain and apply communications processes to their own business simulation and develop internal and external communications strategies. The student can explain the communication principles of the public relations process, describe, and plan a communications process. The student is able to explain phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English and take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures. The student is able to present complex ideas and information, take account of and adjust communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates the ability to evaluate and adapt their communications approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new communications methods, channels and ideas.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can explain modern theories of communication, analyse the communications structures within an organization, design a public relations response to a business situation and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organization. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization, analyse communications issues and synthesise possible solutions and recognise possible implications. The student can collaborate with fellow learners during the learning process and evaluate different communications approaches. The student can improvise during a presentation to deal with unforeseen challenges and connect ideas and information from diverse sources and synthesis this to construct new understanding. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their communications as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values. He/she is open to new communication methods and ideas, including those driven by modern technological solutions. The student is able to adapt their communications techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

Aika ja paikka

On campus according to the timetable.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

- Please see Methods and Grounds for Evaluation.
- Further details will be provided in Moodle.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

The assessment is based on successful completion of the following tasks and activities:
- Internal Communication Scenarios - 25% (group task; self, peer & teacher evaluation)
- Communication Manual - 25% (group task; self, peer & teacher evaluation)
- Written Exam - 30% (individual task; teacher evaluation)
- Extension Tasks, Engagement and Course Participation - 20% (individual grade; teacher evaluation)

Grading rubrics will be provided for assessed tasks, and will be based on the principles of authentic learning and assessment and use the SOLO framework – “Structural Observation of Learning Outcomes” (Biggs and Collis, 1982, Biggs 1999).

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lectures, discussions, group and individual work, independent study.
Some tasks are linked to activities in the professional development course (virtual firms).

Oppimateriaalit

- Materials in Moodle
- Student’s own research (enquiry based learning)

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Total hours: 3 cr x 27 h = 81 h
- Contact lessons 36 hours (12 x 3 h)
- Independent study 45 hours

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

If a student has completed corresponding studies at another university or university of applied sciences, the student may apply for credit transfer through HyväHot / CreTa system.

Students who have acquired relevant skills and competencies through extensive work experience may complete the course through demonstration of competencies.

Such cases have to be discussed with the course teacher at the beginning of the course, and students may be required to complete additional assignments to demonstrate their knowledge and skills.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

The course is supportive of the professional development project the students are undertaking and is based on real life experience of working business and commerce.

Kansainvälisyys

The course will examine international organizational communication. Students will consider and reflect upon the impact and diversity of culture to organizational communications, using examples from the teacher and students' experiences.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

- Mandatory attendance: 80%
- No hybrid option (some students on campus, some online).

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can name the various participants in the communications process and describe communications theory. The student can identify internal and external communications and describe or illustrate the communications process. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present simple, factual information and follow templates to produce routine written communications content. The student is able to communicate in a business environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can explain the role of participants and describe the processes of communications theory. The student can explain and apply communications processes to their own business simulation and develop internal and external communications strategies. The student can explain the communication principles of the public relations process, describe, and plan a communications process. The student is able to explain phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English and take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures. The student is able to present complex ideas and information, take account of and adjust communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates the ability to evaluate and adapt their communications approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new communications methods, channels and ideas.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can explain modern theories of communication, analyse the communications structures within an organization, design a public relations response to a business situation and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organization. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization, analyse communications issues and synthesise possible solutions and recognise possible implications. The student can collaborate with fellow learners during the learning process and evaluate different communications approaches. The student can improvise during a presentation to deal with unforeseen challenges and connect ideas and information from diverse sources and synthesis this to construct new understanding. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their communications as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values. He/she is open to new communication methods and ideas, including those driven by modern technological solutions. The student is able to adapt their communications techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 10.01.2024

Ajoitus

08.01.2024 - 22.02.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 35

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pasi Kuusijärvi
Vastuuhenkilö

Pasi Kuusijärvi

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course offers the students a chance to enhance their knowledge and managerial skills of financial planning and control as well as performance measurement and evaluation to a professional level.

The course is based on modern management accounting methods, frameworks and practices, laying a solid foundation on which continuing business studies and a serious business career in the field of accounting and finance can be built later on. The contents and learning experiences of the course are planned to be useful and generally applicable for every business professional.

After completing the course, students will be able to:

Prepare the major budgets of a company and participate in creation of budgeting systems.
Analyze business performance and participate in decision-making and business planning using standard budget reports.
Create business forecasts for the future, based on budget reports and other relevant business information.
Calculate the value of economic value added (EVA®) measure and utilize the DuPont approach to the return on investment (ROI) measure.
Participate in planning and implementing tailor-made strategic performance management solutions for various business cases.
Consider and try to include the effects of latest technological innovations and human aspects in any of their later business development projects.

Sisältö (OJ)

Which budgets does a modern budgeting system – “The Master Budget” – include, and how can a tailored version be constructed?
How can the planning and control processes of a decentralized organization be managed using budgets, reports and supporting IT tools?
What different approaches are there for strategic performance measurement and evaluation?
What are the roles of human considerations, e.g. gaming, intangible assets and management myopia, as part of system creation?
How are the values of advanced measures such as economic value added (EVA®) calculated, and how can business reporting become more lively through visualization?
How can technology help in planning and control; what kind of insights do e.g. ERP systems, business intelligence and the current strong development of digitalization, mobile services and Internet of Things (IoT) offer to companies?
How is a strategy-bound performance management framework built and used in practice?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of financial planning and control as well as the performance measurement and evaluation theme sufficiently. He/she can take responsibility for his individual financial planning and reporting duties in routine activities, and is able to make some contribution in a group.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student achieves the competence of applying and explaining the concepts and methods of financial planning and control as well as the performance measurement and evaluation theme in controllable situations. He/she works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. The student can solve financial planning and measurement problems, and his courses of action are well justified.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can analyse complex situations and produce alternative solution proposals to various financial planning and control as well as performance measurement and evaluation tasks and problems. He/she is able to apply his extensive knowledge and skills of the subject matter creatively in problem solving, solution tracing, new experiments, and when generalising his well-justified courses of action. The student can work strongly individually and make remarkable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly with excellent commitment.

Aika ja paikka

From Jan 8 to February 22, 2024.

The classes will be there at TAMK if not otherwise mentioned during the course.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No written exam.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Student’s overall course grade is based on
1. evaluation criteria of the course
2. active individual participation in the classes
3. performing all the assigned course exercises as instructed
4. his/her group assignment performance.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Learning discussions, group assignment(s), exercises, case studies, literature, lecturing.

Oppimateriaalit

Bhimani, A., Datar, S., Horngren, C.T. & Rajan, M. 2018. Management and Cost Accounting. 7th ed. Harlow, United Kingdom: Pearson Education. Chapters 14 and 18-21.
ISBN: 9781292232669. EISBN: 9781292232676.
https://andor.tuni.fi/permalink/358FIN_TAMPO/176jdvt/cdi_askewsholts_vlebooks_9781292232676

In addition, student groups also perform self-driven data collection, as part of their group assignment.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Max. some 135 hours as workload; 18-20 hours of that as contact teaching classes.

Sisällön jaksotus

1. THE MASTER BUDGET
- Case: Ho-re-ca Business
2. STRATEGIC PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION
- EVA
- ROI DuPont
- The Balanced Scorecard (BSC)
3. GROUP ASSIGNMENT
- Objectives and Key Results (OKR) challenging The BSC.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

No.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

No, not in the winter 2024 implementation.

Kansainvälisyys

Neither guest lectures nor company visits or so in the winter 2024 implementation; a truly international group of students, anyway, studying together. The implementation group also includes a lot of double-degree and exchange students.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Pasi Kuusijärvi, M.Sc. (Econ. & Bus. Adm.), AmO, HHJ PJ
Senior Lecturer, Accounting and Financial Management

Tampere University of Applied Sciences (TAMK)
Tampere, Finland

pasi.kuusijarvi@tuni.fi
Tel. +358 40 846 3052
www.tuni.fi

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Laajuus

30 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Marita Tuomala
  • Janne Hopeela
Vastuuhenkilö

Janne Hopeela

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki
  • 21IB
    International Business, syksy 2021, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Practical training will familiarize the students in a supervised manner with the practical work assignments of the field studied as well as application of knowledge and skills in working life. In the International Business programme, the Finnish students look for a practical training place abroad, while the foreign students seek for a job in Finland.

The Practical Training (5 months = 30 credits) must be a full-time position. The training can be done in no more than two parts. The shortest accepted full-time position can be of one month in length. Before starting the practical training, the students will need to participate in a practical training orientation program, which will be arranged during the late autumn term of the second year. The student must contact the Practical Training Supervisor well in advance before the work placement and a written agreement on the practical training is required.

After and during the practical training, the students will be able to:
• learn the organizational culture of the employer and rules of the working life.
• apply learned theory and skills with practice.
• learn practicalities of the field studied.
• plan their career based on their practical training experience.
• create networks with the employer and the working life.
• collect ideas for the final thesis.

Sisältö (OJ)

The contents include the followings:
• What does supervised practical training mean?
• What are the tasks of a BBA?
• How to act as a member of a work community?
• What are my strengths and ‘development areas’ in the working life?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, hyväksytty/hylätty (OJ)

Pass:

The student completes practical training for the required length in practical assignments in their field of study. He/she is able to apply the rules, knowledge and skills to their practical training. All the required documentation is submitted to the practical training supervisor and the feedback discussion takes place. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility of his/her own work.

Fail:
The student has does not complete the required length of practical training in their field of study. The required documents are not submitted to the supervisor, and no feedback discussion takes place with the practical training supervisor.

Aika ja paikka

During the 2nd or 3rd study year either in Finland or abroad

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No exam. Students are writing reports and weekly diaries during the practical training period.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

During the practical training TAMK BBA students are building their knowledge and practical skills in the field of their chosen mandatory module of the TAMK BBA programme. Evaluation is based on practical training reports and final discussion after the practical training period -> pass.

Arviointiasteikko

Hyväksytty/hylätty

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Before starting the practical training the students will need to participate in a Practical Training Orientation which will be arranged during the autumn term of the second study year. The student must contact the Practical Training Supervisor at TAMK well in advance before signing the practical training agreement. A written agreement is always required. Students will have a supervisor both in the company and at TAMK during their practical training. Students are writing reports and weekly diaries during the practical training period.

Oppimateriaalit

Guidelines for Practical Training are discussed during the Practical Training Orientation. Description of Practical Training can be found in IB Curriculum and more detailed guidelines in TAMK Intra, student's handbook.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

The practical training is 30 ECTS which equals 5 months of full-time work (20 working weeks). The practical training can be done in no more than two parts.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

In case of accreditation of your previous work experience please contact either Ms. Tuomala or Mr. Hopeela

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

During the practical training period the students will learn the organizational culture of the employer and rules of the working life. Students will find the work placement themselves. Students are able to use TAMK's JobTeaser portal to find internships.

Kansainvälisyys

Finnish degree students are recommended to look for practical training positions abroad and foreign degree students either in Finland or abroad. We have some international connections; please contact your practical training supervisors.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

For more information please contact either:
Marita Tuomala; marita.tuomala@tuni.fi or
Janne Hopeela; janne.hopeela@tuni.fi

Arviointikriteerit - hyväksytty/hylätty (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Pass - when all the required reports and a copy of the employment / internship certificate have been submitted to the practical training supervisor in Moodle and the feedback discussion has taken place between the student and the practical training supervisor at TAMK.

Ilmoittautumisaika

08.01.2024 - 06.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 25.04.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 37

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pasi Kuusijärvi
Vastuuhenkilö

Pasi Kuusijärvi

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This two-part course provides the students with cornerstone level information of both product costing and pricing as well as financial closing analysis. Relevant theoretical accounting information is used as important supporting learning material. As the most important thing, anyway, the approach and mode of operations are truly practical all through the course.

The first part of the course introduces the product costing and pricing theme to the students. Key terms and concepts are defined, and the students learn to use especially their new job costing knowledge and skills by solving basic-level costing and pricing exercises. Studying the cost - volume - profit (C-V-P) analysis and the break-even analysis themes finishes the first part of the course.

The second part of the course has its focus on ready-made financial closing information and financial key ratios based on that. In this section, the students are supervised to have their own little research on both financial statements of some publicly traded company and their own practice firm. In addition to that, several most commonly applied financial key ratios under categories profitability, liquidity and solvency are introduced to the students, and they read about, interpret and solve the values of them in practice.


After completing the course, the students will be able to:

Solve basic-level product costing and pricing problems, using especially the job-costing method.
Perform C-V-P and break-even analyses, and use the analysis results in practice.
Participate in business planning and decision making, proving various decision makers with reliable product profitability information.
Read and interpret financial closing information of the income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements.
Calculate the values of the most common profitability measures gross profit, operating profit, net profit, return on assets and return on equity.
Evaluate the performance of companies also based on liquidity measures such as working capital, current and quick ratio as well as turnovers of A/R and inventory.
Find out the debt and/or equity ratio of a company.
Measure, evaluate and analyze the financial performance of a company, using a many-sided set of financial key ratios.
Based on the analysis work done, decide on case-specific business planning issues.

Sisältö (OJ)

What do the different numerous costing and pricing terms and concepts mean in practice?
How is product costing and pricing implemented in practice, applying job costing?
What other alternative costing and pricing methods are there, and when are they applicable?
How are the C-V-P and break-even analyses performed, and how can the analysis results be used in businesses?
What are the most meaningful and important pieces of information on the financial statements, and how can the income statement and balance sheet information be used in external decision making?
Which measures of profitability can be identified and easily used in practice?
What are the definitions and uses of different liquidity measures?
How is solvency measured; is it simply given as a part of financial closing, or can it be planned?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of product costing and financial closing analysis themes sufficiently. The student can take responsibility of his/her individual product costing and financial closing analysis duties in routine activities, and is able to make some contribution in a group.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has the competence of understanding and explaining the concepts and methods of the product costing and financial closing analysis themes, and can apply them in controllable situations. The student works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. The student can solve product-costing problems and produce financial closing analyses, and his/her courses of action are well justified.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can analyse complex situations and produce alternative solution proposals to various product costing and financial closing analysis tasks and problems. The student is able to apply his/her knowledge and skills of the subject matter creatively in data collection, analyses and calculations, problem solving, and when interpreting and sharing his/her well-justified solutions. The student can work strongly individually and make remarkable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly with excellent commitment.

Aika ja paikka

From March 6 to April 24, 2024.

First class is at TAMK main campus in classroom B5-26 on March 6 at 11.15 a.m.

All the classes are at TAMK main campus, if not otherwise agreed during the course (approx. 1-2 classes might be changed to be online ones, if necessary).

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No written exam.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Student’s overall course grade is based on
1. the evaluation criteria of this course
2. active individual participation in the classes
3. performance of the assigned exercises
4. his/her group assignment performance, including both the group's own report and action in an opposing team.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Learning discussions, group assignment(s), exercises, case studies, literature, lecturing.

Oppimateriaalit

Bhimani, A., Datar, S., Horngren, C.T. & Rajan, M. 2018. Management and Cost Accounting. 7th ed. Harlow, United Kingdom: Pearson Education. Chapters 1-3, 11 and selectively also 4-5.
ISBN: 9781292232669. EISBN: 9781292232676.
https://andor.tuni.fi/permalink/358FIN_TAMPO/176jdvt/cdi_askewsholts_vlebooks_9781292232676

https://www-kauppalehti-fi.libproxy.tuni.fi/porssi/kurssit/XHEL

In addition, student groups perform their own case-specific data collection, as part of their group assignment.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Max. some 80 hours as workload; 15-18 hours of that as contact teaching.

Sisällön jaksotus

Studying product costing forms the first part of the course, studying financial closing analysis the second/last part.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

No.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

No.

Kansainvälisyys

Neither guest lectures nor company visits or so in spring 2024. A truly international group of students, anyway, studying together.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Pasi Kuusijärvi, M.Sc. (Econ. & Bus. Adm.), AmO, HHJ PJ
Senior Lecturer, Accounting and Financial Management

Tampere University of Applied Sciences (TAMK)
Tampere, Finland

pasi.kuusijarvi@tuni.fi

Ilmoittautumisaika

08.01.2024 - 06.03.2024

Ajoitus

04.03.2024 - 25.04.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 37

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pasi Kuusijärvi
Vastuuhenkilö

Pasi Kuusijärvi

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This two-part course provides the students with cornerstone level information of both product costing and pricing as well as financial closing analysis. Relevant theoretical accounting information is used as important supporting learning material. As the most important thing, anyway, the approach and mode of operations are truly practical all through the course.

The first part of the course introduces the product costing and pricing theme to the students. Key terms and concepts are defined, and the students learn to use especially their new job costing knowledge and skills by solving basic-level costing and pricing exercises. Studying the cost - volume - profit (C-V-P) analysis and the break-even analysis themes finishes the first part of the course.

The second part of the course has its focus on ready-made financial closing information and financial key ratios based on that. In this section, the students are supervised to have their own little research on both financial statements of some publicly traded company and their own practice firm. In addition to that, several most commonly applied financial key ratios under categories profitability, liquidity and solvency are introduced to the students, and they read about, interpret and solve the values of them in practice.


After completing the course, the students will be able to:

Solve basic-level product costing and pricing problems, using especially the job-costing method.
Perform C-V-P and break-even analyses, and use the analysis results in practice.
Participate in business planning and decision making, proving various decision makers with reliable product profitability information.
Read and interpret financial closing information of the income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements.
Calculate the values of the most common profitability measures gross profit, operating profit, net profit, return on assets and return on equity.
Evaluate the performance of companies also based on liquidity measures such as working capital, current and quick ratio as well as turnovers of A/R and inventory.
Find out the debt and/or equity ratio of a company.
Measure, evaluate and analyze the financial performance of a company, using a many-sided set of financial key ratios.
Based on the analysis work done, decide on case-specific business planning issues.

Sisältö (OJ)

What do the different numerous costing and pricing terms and concepts mean in practice?
How is product costing and pricing implemented in practice, applying job costing?
What other alternative costing and pricing methods are there, and when are they applicable?
How are the C-V-P and break-even analyses performed, and how can the analysis results be used in businesses?
What are the most meaningful and important pieces of information on the financial statements, and how can the income statement and balance sheet information be used in external decision making?
Which measures of profitability can be identified and easily used in practice?
What are the definitions and uses of different liquidity measures?
How is solvency measured; is it simply given as a part of financial closing, or can it be planned?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of product costing and financial closing analysis themes sufficiently. The student can take responsibility of his/her individual product costing and financial closing analysis duties in routine activities, and is able to make some contribution in a group.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has the competence of understanding and explaining the concepts and methods of the product costing and financial closing analysis themes, and can apply them in controllable situations. The student works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. The student can solve product-costing problems and produce financial closing analyses, and his/her courses of action are well justified.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can analyse complex situations and produce alternative solution proposals to various product costing and financial closing analysis tasks and problems. The student is able to apply his/her knowledge and skills of the subject matter creatively in data collection, analyses and calculations, problem solving, and when interpreting and sharing his/her well-justified solutions. The student can work strongly individually and make remarkable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly with excellent commitment.

Aika ja paikka

From March 6 to April 24, 2024.

First class is at TAMK main campus in classroom B5-26 on March 6 at 2.15 p.m.

All the classes are at TAMK main campus, if not otherwise agreed during the course (approx. 1-2 classes might be changed to be online ones, if necessary).

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No written exam.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Student’s overall course grade is based on
1. the evaluation criteria of this course
2. active individual participation in the classes
3. performance of the assigned exercises
4. his/her group assignment performance, including both the group's own report and action in an opposing team.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Learning discussions, group assignment(s), exercises, case studies, literature, lecturing.

Oppimateriaalit

Bhimani, A., Datar, S., Horngren, C.T. & Rajan, M. 2018. Management and Cost Accounting. 7th ed. Harlow, United Kingdom: Pearson Education. Chapters 1-3, 11 and selectively also 4-5.
ISBN: 9781292232669. EISBN: 9781292232676.
https://andor.tuni.fi/permalink/358FIN_TAMPO/176jdvt/cdi_askewsholts_vlebooks_9781292232676

https://www-kauppalehti-fi.libproxy.tuni.fi/porssi/kurssit/XHEL

In addition, student groups perform their own case-specific data collection, as part of their group assignment.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Max. some 80 hours as workload; 15-18 hours of that as contact teaching.

Sisällön jaksotus

Studying product costing forms the first part of the course, studying financial closing analysis the second/last part.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

No.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

No.

Kansainvälisyys

Neither guest lectures nor company visits or so in spring 2024. A truly international group of students, anyway, studying together.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Pasi Kuusijärvi, M.Sc. (Econ. & Bus. Adm.), AmO, HHJ PJ
Senior Lecturer, Accounting and Financial Management

Tampere University of Applied Sciences (TAMK)
Tampere, Finland

pasi.kuusijarvi@tuni.fi

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 12.09.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 31.05.2024

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

Liiketalous ja media

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Petteri Vilén
  • Elena Grigorova
  • Salman Saleem
  • Salman Saleem
Vastuuhenkilö

Petteri Vilén

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course covers essential information on studying at TAMK IB programme. Professional Development course encourages the students to adopt a professional approach to their studies, and develop working habits appropriate to working life. As a practical approach students will study in teams who will set up a virtual company. Professional Development course includes weekly team meetings with assigned coach.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Know the contents of IB programme and TAMK learning environment
• Have a plan for completing their studies in the IB programme, taking into consideration their priorities, long-term goals, strengths and weaknesses.
• Know what self-motivated learning is and know how to develop teamwork skills in multicultural environment
• Know how to develop study skills, e.g. learning strategies and time management skills.
• Know the practical training process and how to apply for a job.
• Know how the international study exchange process works in practice.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What regulations do all TAMK students need to follow?
• What requirements apply specifically to the International Business degree programme?
• What skills do I need to work in multicultural teams?
• How can I develop my study skills and manage my time better?
• What does supervised practical training mean?
• How do I plan my international study exchange?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to name teamwork roles and principles. The student recognises team development phases. The student can act as a team member. The student can give and receive feedback.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student applies teamwork principles in his/her own team behavior. The student is able to solve teamwork tasks and teamwork related problems. The student takes responsibility and commits to teamwork. The student develops his/her own teamwork skills.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student understands how effective team works in professional context. The student is able to adopt different team roles in various team tasks creatively. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively in a team. The student contributes actively to improve team’s performance and collective action.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 29.08.2023

Ajoitus

29.08.2023 - 11.10.2023

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Jarmo Tuominiemi
  • Juha Tuominen
Vastuuhenkilö

Juha Tuominen

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

During the course students will learn different techniques and skills for improving their professional sales skills. The student will study different approaches for sales situations and negotiations as well as gain their understanding of sales process.

After completing the course, the students will be able to

• Communicate and negotiate in a demanding business environment.
• Manage a sales process both in b-to-c and b-to-b sales situations.
• Understand the role and usage of digital tools in a sales process.
• Know how to prepare and handle sales situations across cultures.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are professional sales skills and techniques?
• How to sell successfully in b-to-c and b-to-b settings?
• What kind of digital tools are used in selling?
• How to sell and negotiate in other, selected countries?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in different target markets. The student knows basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is somewhat familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can give simple sales presentations. He/she knows how to close sales in some situations. The student is aware of digital tools used in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in both B2B and B2C settings in different target markets. The student can ask questions to understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with the methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in enduring buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar with digital tools in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to conduct complex sales negotiations in both, B2B and B2C settings in domestic and international target markets. The student can ask the right questions to fully understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with different persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student understands the role of social influence in sales settings and he/she can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with various methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in long-lasting and mutual beneficial buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar and able to use diverse digital tools in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit, hyväksytty/hylätty (OJ)

Not approved 
The student has poor skills of conducting sales negotiations. The student is unaware of basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is unfamiliar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student is unable to give sales presentations. He/she does not know how to close sales. The student is unaware of digital tools used in the sales process. 

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Weekly exams in different forms (assignments, games, reports, or other) will be announced in class.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Weekly exams in different forms (assignments, games, reports, or other) will be announced in class.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures in the real classroom
- Independent studies based on provided materials
- Sales process simulation assignments and practice individually and with partners

Oppimateriaalit

Materials will be uploaded to the course Moodle page weekly.

Shared learning material in Moodle Presentations Articles Videos
Library for data collection (methods and links)
Models for process planning, implementation and evaluation.
Your own notes and remarks

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

One study credit= 27 hours
4 credit class = 108 hours
21 hours of contact teaching
87 hours of individual work and group exerises

Sisällön jaksotus

Planned content
• What are professional sales skills and techniques?
• How to sell successfully in a b2c and/or b2b setting?
• What kind of digital tools are used in selling?
• How to sell and negotiate in other countries?

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

The guest speakers might be visiting during class time.

Kansainvälisyys

A view of the assessment of European sales competition (ESC)

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

You will be guided through learning process by Juha Tuominen and Jarmo Tuominiemi. During the course students will learn different techniques and skills for improving their professional sales skills. The student will study different approaches for sales situations and negotiations as well as gain their understanding of sales process. Subject theory runs parallel with the implementation of practical training.

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Communicate and negotiate in a demanding business environment
- Manage a sales process both in b2c and b2b sales situations
- Understand the role and usage of digital tools in a sales process
- Know how to prepare and handle sales situations across cultures
- Understand the importance of necessary preparation work before contacting prospects
- Fit the offering into the needs of targeted markets and clients
- Evaluate, choose and use correct sales and negotiation techniques in various sales situations
- Measure, analyze and improve personal sales skills

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student has poor skills of conducting sales negotiations. The student is unaware of basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is unfamiliar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student is unable to give sales presentations. He/she does not know how to close sales. The student is unaware of digital tools used in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in different target markets. The student knows basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is somewhat familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can give simple sales presentations. He/she knows how to close sales in some situations. The student is aware of digital tools used in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in both B2B and B2C settings in different target markets. The student can ask questions to understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with the methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in enduring buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar with digital tools in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to conduct complex sales negotiations in both B2B and B2C settings in domestic and international target markets. The student can ask the right questions to fully understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with different persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student understands the role of social influence in sales settings and he/she can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with various methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in long-lasting and mutual beneficial buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar and able to use diverse digital tools in the sales process.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

Ajoitus

08.01.2024 - 20.02.2024

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Jarmo Tuominiemi
  • Juha Tuominen
Vastuuhenkilö

Juha Tuominen

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

During the course students will learn different techniques and skills for improving their professional sales skills. The student will study different approaches for sales situations and negotiations as well as gain their understanding of sales process.

After completing the course, the students will be able to

• Communicate and negotiate in a demanding business environment.
• Manage a sales process both in b-to-c and b-to-b sales situations.
• Understand the role and usage of digital tools in a sales process.
• Know how to prepare and handle sales situations across cultures.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are professional sales skills and techniques?
• How to sell successfully in b-to-c and b-to-b settings?
• What kind of digital tools are used in selling?
• How to sell and negotiate in other, selected countries?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in different target markets. The student knows basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is somewhat familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can give simple sales presentations. He/she knows how to close sales in some situations. The student is aware of digital tools used in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in both B2B and B2C settings in different target markets. The student can ask questions to understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with the methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in enduring buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar with digital tools in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to conduct complex sales negotiations in both, B2B and B2C settings in domestic and international target markets. The student can ask the right questions to fully understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with different persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student understands the role of social influence in sales settings and he/she can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with various methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in long-lasting and mutual beneficial buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar and able to use diverse digital tools in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit, hyväksytty/hylätty (OJ)

Not approved 
The student has poor skills of conducting sales negotiations. The student is unaware of basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is unfamiliar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student is unable to give sales presentations. He/she does not know how to close sales. The student is unaware of digital tools used in the sales process. 

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Weekly exams in different forms (assignments, games, reports, or other) will be announced in class.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Weekly exams in different forms (assignments, games, reports, or other) will be announced in class.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures in the real classroom
- Independent studies based on provided materials
- Sales process simulation assignments and practice individually and with partners

Oppimateriaalit

Materials will be uploaded to the course Moodle page weekly.

Shared learning material in Moodle Presentations Articles Videos
Library for data collection (methods and links)
Models for process planning, implementation and evaluation.
Your own notes and remarks

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

One study credit= 27 hours
4 credit class = 108 hours
21 hours of contact teaching
87 hours of individual work and group exerises

Sisällön jaksotus

Planned content
• What are professional sales skills and techniques?
• How to sell successfully in a b2c and/or b2b setting?
• What kind of digital tools are used in selling?
• How to sell and negotiate in other countries?

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

The guest speakers might be visiting during class time.

Kansainvälisyys

A view of the assessment of European sales competition (ESC)

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

You will be guided through learning process by Juha Tuominen and Jarmo Tuominiemi. During the course students will learn different techniques and skills for improving their professional sales skills. The student will study different approaches for sales situations and negotiations as well as gain their understanding of sales process. Subject theory runs parallel with the implementation of practical training.

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Communicate and negotiate in a demanding business environment
- Manage a sales process both in b2c and b2b sales situations
- Understand the role and usage of digital tools in a sales process
- Know how to prepare and handle sales situations across cultures
- Understand the importance of necessary preparation work before contacting prospects
- Fit the offering into the needs of targeted markets and clients
- Evaluate, choose and use correct sales and negotiation techniques in various sales situations
- Measure, analyze and improve personal sales skills

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student has poor skills of conducting sales negotiations. The student is unaware of basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is unfamiliar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student is unable to give sales presentations. He/she does not know how to close sales. The student is unaware of digital tools used in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in different target markets. The student knows basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is somewhat familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can give simple sales presentations. He/she knows how to close sales in some situations. The student is aware of digital tools used in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in both B2B and B2C settings in different target markets. The student can ask questions to understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with the methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in enduring buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar with digital tools in the sales process.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to conduct complex sales negotiations in both B2B and B2C settings in domestic and international target markets. The student can ask the right questions to fully understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with different persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student understands the role of social influence in sales settings and he/she can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with various methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in long-lasting and mutual beneficial buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar and able to use diverse digital tools in the sales process.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

30.08.2023 - 18.12.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Opetuskielet
  • Suomi
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sari Hanska
Vastuuhenkilö

Sari Hanska

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Ruotsin suullisella opintojaksolla perehdytään ammatilliseen kielenkäyttöön liike-elämän vuorovaikutustilanteissa. Eurooppalainen viitekehys: taitotaso B1.

Opiskelija
- osaa suullisesti kertoa itsestään, koulutuksestaan, työkokemuksestaan ja- tehtävistään sekä käyttää alansa erikoisterminologiaa
- osaa viestiä asiakaslähtöisesti erilaisissa suhdeverkostoissa ja asiakaskontakteissa
- pystyy seuraamaan oman alansa kehitystä ja osallistumaan siihen eri kanavien kautta (media, konferenssit, kirjallisuus).

Sisältö (OJ)

Mitä opiskelija osaa suullisesti viestiä osaamisestaan ja työympäristöstään kohdekielellä?
Mitä opiskelija tarvitsee onnistuakseen monikulttuurisessa asiakaslähtöisessä vuorovaikutuksessa kohdekielellä?
Miten opiskelija kehittää osaamistaan ja hankkii tietoa omalta alaltaan kohdekielellä?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information about a company, product and services. He/she communicates in expected oral work life situations but requires help. The student interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. phone) and recognises the characteristics of Nordic operational environment. The student interprets the main points of publications of his/her field of study.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly. He/she communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected oral work life situations. The student takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment and utilises the publications of their field of study.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures. He/she communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, oral work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers). The student can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment and utilise, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Aika ja paikka

Lähiopetus
1. periodi: 30.8. - 11.10.2023 klo 8.15 - 10.45 luokkatila B5-20
2. periodi: 25.10. - 13.12.2023 klo 8.15 - 10.45 B5-20 (ei lähiopetusta 1.11. ja 15.11.)

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Suullisen kielitaidon osoittaminen videolla. Palautus viimeistään su 17.12.2023.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Jatkuva näyttö sekä video. Opintojaksopalaute on pakollinen osasuoritus ja se annetaan opintojaksopalautejärjestelmän kautta. Läsnäolo 75 %.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lähiopetus, argumentointi, esitelmät, yhteistoiminnallinen oppiminen, harjoitukset, suullinen näyttö.

Oppimateriaalit

Kirja: Hanska Sari, Keränen Marit, Lehtoviita Kirsi, Pirttilä Mia: Gå med vinst! Affärssvenska för högskolor. HUOM! Vain 4. uudistettu painos 2022 (Edita), ja opettajan materiaali Moodlessa.

Kirjaa on saatavana myös digitaalisessa muodossa: https://shop.edita.fi/tuote/ga-med-vinst-affarssvenska-for-hogskolor-2022

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Koko ruotsin kielen 5 opintopisteen opintojakso suoritetaan samanaikaisesti (Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, muntlig 2 op ja Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, skriftlig 3 op). Lähiopetus 60 h ja opiskelijan itsenäinen työskentely 60 h (sis. virtuaaliosuuden).

Sisällön jaksotus

Opetusta 1. ja 2. periodilla syyslukukaudella 2023.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

-

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

-

Kansainvälisyys

-

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Esitiedot: lukion ruotsi tai vastaavat tiedot.

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Opintojakso on hylätty, mikäli opiskelija ei saavuta arviointikriteerien taitotasoa 1.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Opiskelija osaa
- kertoa lyhyesti itsestään (koulutus, työkokemus, osaaminen) ja esitellä perustiedot yrityksestä, tuotteista ja palveluista
- kommunikoida ennakoitavissa suullisissa työelämän tilanteissa, mutta tarvitsee apua
- tulkita ja tuottaa tavallisimpia liike-elämän viestejä (mm.puhelin)
- tunnistaa pohjoismaisen toimintaympäristön piirteitä
- ottaa selvää oman alansa julkaisujen pääsisällöstä

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Opiskelija osaa
- kertoa itsestään (koulutus, työkokemus, osaaminen) ja esitellä selkeästi yritystä, tuotteita ja palveluita suhteellisen vaivattomasti
- kommunikoida suhteellisen sujuvasti ja aktiivisesti erilaisissa ennakoitavissa suullisissa työelämän tilanteissa
- ottaa huomioon pohjoismaisen toimintaympäristön erityispiirteitä
- hyödyntää oman alansa julkaisutarjontaa

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Opiskelija osaa
- esitellä monipuolisesti itseään (koulutus, työkokemus, osaaminen) sekä yritystä, sen tuotteita ja palveluita ja analysoida tunnuslukuja
- kommunikoida luontevasti ja sujuvasti erilaisissa haastavissakin suullisissa työelämän tilanteissa (mm. asiakkuuksien luominen ja ylläpitäminen)
- työskennellä menestyksellisesti pohjoismaisessa toimintaympäristössä
- hyödyntää, soveltaa ja analysoida oman alansa julkaisuja

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

30.08.2023 - 18.12.2023

Laajuus

3 op

Virtuaaliosuus

1 op

Toteutustapa

67 % Lähiopetus, 33 % Etäopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Opetuskielet
  • Suomi
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sari Hanska
Vastuuhenkilö

Sari Hanska

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Ruotsin kirjallisella opintojaksolla perehdytään ammatilliseen kielenkäyttöön liike-elämän vuorovaikutustilanteissa. Eurooppalainen viitekehys: taitotaso B1.

Opiskelija
- osaa kirjallisesti kertoa itsestään, koulutuksestaan, työkokemuksestaan ja- tehtävistään sekä käyttää alansa erikoisterminologiaa
- osaa viestiä asiakaslähtöisesti erilaisissa suhdeverkostoissa ja asiakaskontakteissa
- pystyy seuraamaan oman alansa kehitystä ja osallistumaan siihen eri kanavien kautta (media, konferenssit, kirjallisuus).

Sisältö (OJ)

Mitä opiskelija osaa kirjallisesti viestiä osaamisestaan ja työympäristöstään kohdekielellä?
Mitä opiskelija tarvitsee onnistuakseen monikulttuurisessa asiakaslähtöisessä vuorovaikutuksessa kohdekielellä?
Miten opiskelija kehittää osaamistaan ja hankkii tietoa omalta alaltaan kohdekielellä?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information about a company, product and services. He/she communicates in expected written work life situations but requires help. The student interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. e-mail), recognises the characteristics of Nordic operational environment and interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly. He/she communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected written work life situations. He/she is able to interpret and create common business documents (e.g. memo) and take into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment. The student utilises the publications of their field of study.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures. He/she communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, written work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers).

Aika ja paikka

1. periodi: 30.8. - 11.10.2023 klo 8.15 - 10.45 luokkatila B5-20
2. periodi: 25.10. - 7.12.2023 klo 8.15 - 10.45 luokkatila B5-20 (ei lähiopetusta 1.11. ja 15.11.)

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Kirjallinen tentti 1: ke 11.10.2023 luokka B5-20
Kirjallinen tentti 2: 8.12.2023 - 14.1.2024 Examissa
Palautettavat ja arvioitavat harjoitukset: palautus 1 su 1.10.2023 mennessä ja palautus 2 to 14.12.2023 mennessä
Tenttien uusinnat ilmoitetaan myöhemmin.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Kirjallisesessa kielitaidossa on kaksi tenttiä (40 % + 40 % arvosanasta) sekä palautettavia kirjallisia harjoituksia (20 % arvosanasta).
Opintojaksopalaute on pakollinen osasuoritus ja se annetaan opintojaksopalautejärjestelmän kautta.
Läsnäolo 75 %.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Lähiopetus, argumentointi, opetussimulaatiot, yhteistoiminnallinen oppiminen, harjoitukset, aktivoivat kirjoitustehtävät, referaatti/essee, itsenäinen verkko-opiskelu sekä kirjalliset tentit.

Oppimateriaalit

Kirja: Hanska Sari, Keränen Marit, Lehtoviita Kirsi, Pirttilä Mia: Gå med vinst! Affärssvenska för högskolor (Edita). HUOM! 4. uudistettu painos 2022 ja opettajan materiaali Moodlessa.

Kirjaa on saatavana myös digitaalisessa muodossa: https://shop.edita.fi/tuote/ga-med-vinst-affarssvenska-for-hogskolor-2022

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Koko ruotsin kielen 5 opintopisteen opintojakso suoritetaan samanaikaisesti (Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, muntlig 2 op ja Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, skriftlig 3 op). Lähiopetus 60 h ja opiskelijan itsenäinen työskentely 60 h (sis. virtuaaliosuuden).

Sisällön jaksotus

Opetusta 1. ja 2. periodilla syyslukukaudella 2023.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

-

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

-

Kansainvälisyys

-

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Esitiedot: lukion ruotsi tai vastaavat tiedot.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Opiskelija osaa
- kertoa lyhyesti itsestään (koulutus, työkokemus, osaaminen) ja esitellä perustiedot yrityksestä, tuotteista ja palveluista
- kommunikoida ennakoitavissa kirjallisissa työelämän tilanteissa, mutta tarvitsee apua
- tulkita ja tuottaa tavallisimpia liike-elämän viestejä (mm. s-posti)
- tunnistaa pohjoismaisen toimintaympäristön piirteitä
- ottaa selvää oman alansa julkaisujen pääsisällöstä

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Opiskelija osaa
- kertoa itsestään (koulutus, työkokemus, osaaminen) ja esitellä selkeästi yritystä, tuotteita ja palveluita suhteellisen vaivattomasti
- kommunikoida suhteellisen sujuvasti ja aktiivisesti erilaisissa ennakoitavissa kirjallisissa työelämän tilanteissa
- tulkita ja laatia tavallisia liike-elämän asiakirjoja (mm. tarjous)
- ottaa huomioon pohjoismaisen toimintaympäristön erityispiirteitä
- hyödyntää oman alansa julkaisutarjontaa

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Opiskelija osaa
- esitellä monipuolisesti itseään (koulutus, työkokemus, osaaminen) sekä yritystä, sen tuotteita ja palveluita ja analysoida tunnuslukuja
- kommunikoida luontevasti ja sujuvasti erilaisissa haastavissakin kirjallisissa työelämän tilanteissa (mm. asiakkuuksien luominen ja ylläpitäminen)
- tulkita ja laatia liike-elämän asiakirjoja kohderyhmälle sopivalla tavalla
- työskennellä menestyksellisesti pohjoismaisessa toimintaympäristössä
- hyödyntää, soveltaa ja analysoida oman alansa julkaisuja

Ilmoittautumisaika

24.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Taru Nurmala
Vastuuhenkilö

Syed Mubaraz

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course introduces the main tools and techniques of project management.
During this course a virtual project will be defined, initiated and planned by the students.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the purpose of project management
• Act as member of a project team
• Write a project plan

Sisältö (OJ)

• How to set and initiate a project?
• How to form a team and define the roles and responsibilities?
• How to write a professional level project plan?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can name and explain project management and its key elements. He/she recognizes the phases of a project and is able to name reasons for having a project mode. The student knows the role of a project plan document and its elements. The student can act as a member of a small-scale project team. The student is able to give and receive feedback related to a set project, collaborate in a small team and take responsibility of his/her own studies.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to apply the basic tools used in projects and structure a small project team with dedicated tasks. The student can explain the needs for setting up a small scale project with a project plan. The student can act as a project manager or a team member to accomplish the project. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback and develop skills for co-operation with dedicated roles. The student takes responsibility of his/her studies and is able to balance the workload of the team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student understands the meaning and relations of the basic concepts of project management. The student analyses multiple alternatives and is able to make sustainable project decisions. He/she is able to connect the project management elements together in a professional manner. The student applies project management tools in a systematic manner and searches and justifies multiple options. The student is able to assess the team and team tasks. He/she finds creative solutions and motivates and develops a project team. The student is able to use feedback to grow professionally in the field and develop creative and constructive working methods. He/she works responsibly towards the project team and commits himself/herself to group work and project management methods beyond the required level.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Contact lessons, group work.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

The course includes the basics of project management, but the biggest part of the course focuses on planning and executing a project together with a project team. The key element in passing the course is active participation in the different phases of that project.

Ilmoittautumisaika

24.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Ajoitus

24.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Taru Nurmala
Vastuuhenkilö

Syed Mubaraz

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course introduces the main tools and techniques of project management.
During this course a virtual project will be defined, initiated and planned by the students.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the purpose of project management
• Act as member of a project team
• Write a project plan

Sisältö (OJ)

• How to set and initiate a project?
• How to form a team and define the roles and responsibilities?
• How to write a professional level project plan?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can name and explain project management and its key elements. He/she recognizes the phases of a project and is able to name reasons for having a project mode. The student knows the role of a project plan document and its elements. The student can act as a member of a small-scale project team. The student is able to give and receive feedback related to a set project, collaborate in a small team and take responsibility of his/her own studies.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to apply the basic tools used in projects and structure a small project team with dedicated tasks. The student can explain the needs for setting up a small scale project with a project plan. The student can act as a project manager or a team member to accomplish the project. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback and develop skills for co-operation with dedicated roles. The student takes responsibility of his/her studies and is able to balance the workload of the team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student understands the meaning and relations of the basic concepts of project management. The student analyses multiple alternatives and is able to make sustainable project decisions. He/she is able to connect the project management elements together in a professional manner. The student applies project management tools in a systematic manner and searches and justifies multiple options. The student is able to assess the team and team tasks. He/she finds creative solutions and motivates and develops a project team. The student is able to use feedback to grow professionally in the field and develop creative and constructive working methods. He/she works responsibly towards the project team and commits himself/herself to group work and project management methods beyond the required level.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Contact lessons, group work.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

The course includes the basics of project management, but the biggest part of the course focuses on planning and executing a project together with a project team. The key element in passing the course is active participation in the different phases of that project.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 03.12.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Virtuaaliosuus

5 op

TKI-osuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Etäopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 99

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pasi Kuusijärvi
Vastuuhenkilö

Pasi Kuusijärvi

Ryhmät
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki
  • 21IB
    International Business, syksy 2021, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course aims to provide students with necessary knowledge related to a project. International Business students carry out a part of their studies as project studies. The projects are defined in advance for the credit count, costs and duration. The projects are commissioned e.g. by local companies or by Tampere University of Applied Sciences. The team projects come from actual companies and the students themselves.

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
• work more professionally in real projects, and participate in carrying out systematically managed projects, from project approval and planning to control and implementation.
• apply and further develop existing disciplinary knowledge in real life cases and projects.
• use individual communication, negotiation and group work skills more effectively and efficiently.
• enhance use of different sources of information, learning environments, project management software tools, and IT in general.

Sisältö (OJ)

The contents include the followings:
• How can universities and local companies work together?
• What different projects are relevant for university of applied sciences (UAS) students?
• What kind of co-operation will benefit both the student(s) and the client?
• What can a UAS student learn and benefit from participation in a real project?
• How is project management interrelated to the strategic and general management of an organization?
• What are the benefits of applying systematic project management methods and related IT tools for different projects?
• How are projects planned, implemented, controlled and reported successfully?
• What kind of proposed generalizations can be made based on successful project outcomes?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

None.

Lisätiedot (OJ)

See further instructions and required forms at www.wiki.tamk.fi (use "Business Related Project Studies" as a search key there).

Arviointikriteerit, hyväksytty/hylätty (OJ)

The Project Studies is an administrative solution to get the students’ various individual business-related project studies and credits registered, as a part of their bachelor’s degree studies. The student can take initiative of the project he/she wants to include to the project studies.
The student is able to plan and implement his/her own project. He/she can reach the pre-set objectives and report the results in writing. He/she is able and willing to receive feedback from the commissioner and supervisor, and analyze the project outcome in conjunction with them.

Aika ja paikka

Project by project, case-specifically.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No written exam.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

All the required project documentation is prepared according to this Implementation information and the more detailed project-specific instructions from the responsible TAMK instructor of this course.

As soon as the project final report is approved by the course instructor he/she records the student's ECTS credits together with the Pass/Fail mark onto Pakki.

Arviointiasteikko

Hyväksytty/hylätty

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

To learn to act individually, a completely student-driven implementation in which the role of the TAMK instructor is limited only to inform the student about the required project management documentation, approve the student's documents delivered to him/her as well as take care of the grading on the scale pass/fail.

In addition to the grade (S), the student will get the title of his/her performed 1-5 cr project visible on his/her TAMK BBA degree certificate material, when graduating.

The required project documentation:
1. Project Contract (also called Project Draft)
2. Project Plan
3. Project Final Report (including either an integrated or a separate report on the student's actual daily project working hours).

Oppimateriaalit

Not assigned by TAMK (utilization of earlier project management course material is recommendable).

The student(s) collect their case-specific project learning material independently.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

There is a strict requirement that the student(s) also report to TAMK his/their actual project working hours in the project final reporting phase, on a daily basis.

Even if the pre-defined size of the project is 5 ECTS credits, the actual final number of ECTS credits to be registered for the student based on the daily report will be 1 - 5 ECTS credits.

Sisällön jaksotus

Project-specifically.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

No.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Each project has it's own client, external to - or, at least, separate from the degree studies of - the TAMK Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business.

Kansainvälisyys

Possible, project by project.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

Pasi Kuusijärvi, M.Sc. (Econ. & Bus. Adm.), AmO, HHJ PJ
Senior Lecturer, Accounting and Financial Management

Tampere University of Applied Sciences (TAMK)
Tampere, Finland

pasi.kuusijarvi@tuni.fi
Tel. +358 40 846 3052
www.tuni.fi

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 01.09.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 17.12.2023

Laajuus

6 op

Virtuaaliosuus

2 op

TKI-osuus

6 op

Toteutustapa

67 % Lähiopetus, 33 % Etäopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

15 - 40

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Kirsi Tanner
Vastuuhenkilö

Pietro Albanese

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The aims of this course are threefold. It provides the students understanding in customer intelligence: how to collect and analyze customer information in a reliable and useful way. It also gives the students basic knowledge of the necessary research approaches for their research project. In addition the course includes a project management module to develop skills in managing a multicultural business project.

After completing the course the student will be able to plan and execute a customer oriented research and development project in a scientifically reliable way.

Sisältö (OJ)

Key questions:
- What are the principles of valid and reliable research for business (or academic world)
- Which tools and methods can be used in increasing the understanding of
customer needs to co-create customer value?
- How to refine research data to customer intelligence?
- How to communicate the results in an interesting way?
- How to manage a research and development project successfully?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

None

Lisätiedot (OJ)

The course consists of lectures, exercises and the planning and execution of a customer related r&d project for a company or organization.

Research and Development Project:
Student teams find themselves a customer organization with an information and development need, execute data collection and analysis and give development suggestions based on their analysis. The outcomes will be presented in a public seminar, which is planned and managed by the students themselves. Teachers will provide coaching for the project teams.

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student has rudimentary knowledge of quantitative and qualitative research methods, including data collection methods such as surveys, interviews and observations. He/she is capable of collecting and analysing basic customer data. The student has elementary skills in planning and implementing a research project in the context of customer intelligence.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has advanced knowledge of quantitative, qualitative and mixed research methods, including diverse data collection methods such as surveys, interviews and observations. The student knows the difference between primary and secondary data. He/she is able to select suitable data collection methods for a variety of situations and provide reasons for the selection. The student knows how to collect and analyse customer data. He/she is able to utilise the gained insights to improve business processes. The student is skilled in planning and implementing a research project in the context of customer intelligence.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has excellent knowledge of quantitative, qualitative and mixed research methods, including diverse data collection methods such as surveys, interviews, observations, document analysis and others. The student knows the difference between primary and secondary data. He/she is able to select accurate data collection methods for a variety of situations and justify reasons for the selection. The student knows how to collect and analyse customer data. He/she is able to utilise the gained insights to improve business processes. The student has profound skills in planning and implementing a research project in the context of customer intelligence. The student thoroughly understands how data, analytics, and insights work together.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 25.08.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 17.12.2023

Laajuus

6 op

Virtuaaliosuus

2 op

TKI-osuus

6 op

Toteutustapa

67 % Lähiopetus, 33 % Etäopetus

Yksikkö

Liiketalous ja media

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

15 - 40

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Kirsi Tanner
Vastuuhenkilö

Kirsi Tanner

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The aims of this course are threefold. It provides the students understanding in customer intelligence: how to collect and analyze customer information in a reliable and useful way. It also gives the students basic knowledge of the necessary research approaches for their research project. In addition the course includes a project management module to develop skills in managing a multicultural business project.

After completing the course the student will be able to plan and execute a customer oriented research and development project in a scientifically reliable way.

Sisältö (OJ)

Key questions:
- What are the principles of valid and reliable research for business (or academic world)
- Which tools and methods can be used in increasing the understanding of
customer needs to co-create customer value?
- How to refine research data to customer intelligence?
- How to communicate the results in an interesting way?
- How to manage a research and development project successfully?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

None

Lisätiedot (OJ)

The course consists of lectures, exercises and the planning and execution of a customer related r&d project for a company or organization.

Research and Development Project:
Student teams find themselves a customer organization with an information and development need, execute data collection and analysis and give development suggestions based on their analysis. The outcomes will be presented in a public seminar, which is planned and managed by the students themselves. Teachers will provide coaching for the project teams.

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student has rudimentary knowledge of quantitative and qualitative research methods, including data collection methods such as surveys, interviews and observations. He/she is capable of collecting and analysing basic customer data. The student has elementary skills in planning and implementing a research project in the context of customer intelligence.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has advanced knowledge of quantitative, qualitative and mixed research methods, including diverse data collection methods such as surveys, interviews and observations. The student knows the difference between primary and secondary data. He/she is able to select suitable data collection methods for a variety of situations and provide reasons for the selection. The student knows how to collect and analyse customer data. He/she is able to utilise the gained insights to improve business processes. The student is skilled in planning and implementing a research project in the context of customer intelligence.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has excellent knowledge of quantitative, qualitative and mixed research methods, including diverse data collection methods such as surveys, interviews, observations, document analysis and others. The student knows the difference between primary and secondary data. He/she is able to select accurate data collection methods for a variety of situations and justify reasons for the selection. The student knows how to collect and analyse customer data. He/she is able to utilise the gained insights to improve business processes. The student has profound skills in planning and implementing a research project in the context of customer intelligence. The student thoroughly understands how data, analytics, and insights work together.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

Ajoitus

22.01.2024 - 19.05.2024

Laajuus

6 op

Virtuaaliosuus

1 op

TKI-osuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

84 % Lähiopetus, 16 % Etäopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 40

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Sari Matala
Vastuuhenkilö

Sari Matala

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The aims of this course are threefold. It provides the students understanding in customer intelligence: how to collect and analyze customer information in a reliable and useful way. It also gives the students basic knowledge of the necessary research approaches for their research project. In addition the course includes a project management module to develop skills in managing a multicultural business project.

After completing the course the student will be able to plan and execute a customer oriented research and development project in a scientifically reliable way.

Sisältö (OJ)

Key questions:
- What are the principles of valid and reliable research for business (or academic world)
- Which tools and methods can be used in increasing the understanding of
customer needs to co-create customer value?
- How to refine research data to customer intelligence?
- How to communicate the results in an interesting way?
- How to manage a research and development project successfully?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

None

Lisätiedot (OJ)

The course consists of lectures, exercises and the planning and execution of a customer related r&d project for a company or organization.

Research and Development Project:
Student teams find themselves a customer organization with an information and development need, execute data collection and analysis and give development suggestions based on their analysis. The outcomes will be presented in a public seminar, which is planned and managed by the students themselves. Teachers will provide coaching for the project teams.

There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student has rudimentary knowledge of quantitative and qualitative research methods, including data collection methods such as surveys, interviews and observations. He/she is capable of collecting and analysing basic customer data. The student has elementary skills in planning and implementing a research project in the context of customer intelligence.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has advanced knowledge of quantitative, qualitative and mixed research methods, including diverse data collection methods such as surveys, interviews and observations. The student knows the difference between primary and secondary data. He/she is able to select suitable data collection methods for a variety of situations and provide reasons for the selection. The student knows how to collect and analyse customer data. He/she is able to utilise the gained insights to improve business processes. The student is skilled in planning and implementing a research project in the context of customer intelligence.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has excellent knowledge of quantitative, qualitative and mixed research methods, including diverse data collection methods such as surveys, interviews, observations, document analysis and others. The student knows the difference between primary and secondary data. He/she is able to select accurate data collection methods for a variety of situations and justify reasons for the selection. The student knows how to collect and analyse customer data. He/she is able to utilise the gained insights to improve business processes. The student has profound skills in planning and implementing a research project in the context of customer intelligence. The student thoroughly understands how data, analytics, and insights work together.

Aika ja paikka

Study period 3-4, 2024

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

No exam

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Introduction to research, qualitative methods and project management, 50%
Quantitative research 50%

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Contact and online teaching
exercises
practical work / research project (COMPULSORY)

Oppimateriaalit

Lecture slides and other material presented in Moodle.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

The total of the course is 6 credits meaning about 162 hours of student work altogether. It should be noticed that a great part of the course work is done outside the class hours both independently and in team meetings, and the students are required to commit to the teamwork.
The detailed course plan will be introduced on the first class.
As deliverables students will produce the following:
- team agreement
- contract with the customer
- project- and research plan
- course topic tasks
- final research report, team self reflection and peer review included

Sisällön jaksotus

Study period 3-4, 2024, see schedule in Moodle
Introduction to academic research and project management (S Matala)
Quantitative methods in academic business research (P Albanese)
Qualitative methods in academic business research (S Matala)
R&D Project, coaching (S Matala, P Albanese)
Final report

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

None

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Student teams will find themselves a business company or other organization to be their customer in the practical research project and work in close cooperation with it throughout the whole course.

Kansainvälisyys

International student teams and project commissioners

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

NOTE: course grade is collective, based on team work outcomes. Each team member receives the same grade.

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has not participated team working and team project according to course implementation plan. Student shows no understanding the premises and principles of academic business research, quantitative and qualitative research methods and project management.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. Student understands the premises and principles of academic research, quantitative and qualitative research methods and project management partly.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has achieved the objectives of the course well although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. Student understands the premises and principles of academic research, quantitative and qualitative research methods and project management mainly and is able to conduct justified analysis.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Student has achieved the objectives of the course excellently. The student masters the principles of academic research, quantitative and qualitative research methods and project management in excellent manner and is able to conduct fluent and justified analysis.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

Ajoitus

09.01.2024 - 20.02.2024

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Juha Tuominen
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

During the course students will get to know different sales processes and negotiation situations. Students will plan and practice different sales approaches and improve their personal sales skills. During the course the students will plan and organize a sales event.

After completing the course the students will be able to
• Describe an effective sales process
• Prepare for different sales and negotiation situations
• Listen to the customer and identify the customer needs during a sales meeting
• Communicate key messages to the customer
• Plan and organize a sales event

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is a sales process and how to apply it in practice?
• Which factors affect successful sales negotiation?
• What are the differences between b-to-c and b-to-b sales?
• How to listen to the customer and ask good questions?
• How to show empathy and address difficult situations in a customer oriented way?
• How to plan and organize a sales event?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can describe the sales and negotiations process and identify sales opportunities. The student can ask a customer appropriate questions relevant to closing a sale and list the eight types of sales people identified by the Harvard Business School research. The student is able to name the ABC and SEA sales acronyms and participate in a sales event. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present factual information about their product or service. The student can follow a script or checklist to produce communication to explain the benefits of their service. The student is able to communicate in a sales environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student can explain the sales process and explain the role of participants in the sales process. The student is able to comment on and evaluate a sales meeting and describe the 8 sales personalities. The student can explain and apply sales processes to their own business simulation and develop sales and negotiation strategies. The student can describe and plan a sales meeting, analyse the ABC sales process and explain why SEA sales process is more relevant to contemporary sales. The student can explain the importance of listening to customer needs. The student is able to explain sales phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English. The student is able to take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures and can adjust their sales communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates some ability to evaluate and adapt their sales approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new sales methods, technologies and ideas.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can analyse and evaluate a sales situation. The student can analyse the communications structures within an organization and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organisation. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization. The student can reflect on their own strengths and weaknesses as a sales person and negotiator and adapt their negotiations strategy as needs arise. The student can identify their sales type (Harvard BR – 8 types of sales people) and take appropriate steps to develop areas as required. The student analyses sales challenges and synthesises possible solutions and recognises possible implications. The student collaborates with peers during the learning process and evaluates different sales approaches. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their sales approach as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values and is able to adapt their sales and negotiations techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

Aika ja paikka

09/01: 14:00-17:00 in B3-27
16/01: 14:00-17:00 in B3-27
23/01: 14:00-17:00 in B3-27
30/01: 14:00-17:00 in B3-27
06/02: 14:00-17:00 in B3-27
13/02: 14:00-17:00 in B3-27
20/02: 14:00-17:00 in B3-27

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

N/A

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Participation in the course, assignments, and Sales Up performance will be evaluated

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped class sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Roleplay exercises
- Practical exercises (off-campus)

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Articles and case studies
- Videos
- Guest speaker presentation

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Students are expected to:
- Attend sessions
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Prepare and participate in the Sales Up event

Sisällön jaksotus

Themes will be discussed in the first lesson.

- What is a sales process and how to apply it in practice?
- Which factors affect successful sales negotiation?
- What are the differences between b-to-c and b-to-b sales?
- Understanding inbound customer relationships and promoting the value proposition as part of sales - sales promotion "technology industry".
- How to listen to the customer and ask good questions?
- How to show empathy and address difficult situations in a customer-oriented way?
- How to plan and organize a sales event?

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

- Practice in setting up and working in a trade fair
- Negotiations with other virtual firms

Kansainvälisyys

N/A

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N/A

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can describe the sales and negotiations process and identify sales opportunities. The student can ask a customer appropriate questions relevant to closing a sale and list the eight types of sales people identified by the Harvard Business School research. The student is able to name the ABC and SEA sales acronyms and participate in a sales event. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present factual information about their product or service. The student can follow a script or checklist to produce communication to explain the benefits of their service. The student is able to communicate in a sales environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can explain the sales process and explain the role of participants in the sales process. The student is able to comment on and evaluate a sales meeting and describe the 8 sales personalities. The student can explain and apply sales processes to their own business simulation and develop sales and negotiation strategies. The student can describe and plan a sales meeting, analyse the ABC sales process and explain why SEA sales process is more relevant to contemporary sales. The student can explain the importance of listening to customer needs. The student is able to explain sales phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English. The student is able to take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures and can adjust their sales communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates some ability to evaluate and adapt their sales approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new sales methods, technologies and ideas.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can analyse and evaluate a sales situation. The student can analyse the communications structures within an organization and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organisation. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization. The student can reflect on their own strengths and weaknesses as a sales person and negotiator and adapt their negotiations strategy as needs arise. The student can identify their sales type (Harvard BR – 8 types of sales people) and take appropriate steps to develop areas as required. The student analyses sales challenges and synthesises possible solutions and recognises possible implications. The student collaborates with peers during the learning process and evaluates different sales approaches. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their sales approach as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values and is able to adapt their sales and negotiations techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

Ajoitus

09.01.2024 - 20.02.2024

Laajuus

4 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
  • Juha Tuominen
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä

Tavoitteet (OJ)

During the course students will get to know different sales processes and negotiation situations. Students will plan and practice different sales approaches and improve their personal sales skills. During the course the students will plan and organize a sales event.

After completing the course the students will be able to
• Describe an effective sales process
• Prepare for different sales and negotiation situations
• Listen to the customer and identify the customer needs during a sales meeting
• Communicate key messages to the customer
• Plan and organize a sales event

Sisältö (OJ)

• What is a sales process and how to apply it in practice?
• Which factors affect successful sales negotiation?
• What are the differences between b-to-c and b-to-b sales?
• How to listen to the customer and ask good questions?
• How to show empathy and address difficult situations in a customer oriented way?
• How to plan and organize a sales event?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student can describe the sales and negotiations process and identify sales opportunities. The student can ask a customer appropriate questions relevant to closing a sale and list the eight types of sales people identified by the Harvard Business School research. The student is able to name the ABC and SEA sales acronyms and participate in a sales event. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present factual information about their product or service. The student can follow a script or checklist to produce communication to explain the benefits of their service. The student is able to communicate in a sales environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student can explain the sales process and explain the role of participants in the sales process. The student is able to comment on and evaluate a sales meeting and describe the 8 sales personalities. The student can explain and apply sales processes to their own business simulation and develop sales and negotiation strategies. The student can describe and plan a sales meeting, analyse the ABC sales process and explain why SEA sales process is more relevant to contemporary sales. The student can explain the importance of listening to customer needs. The student is able to explain sales phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English. The student is able to take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures and can adjust their sales communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates some ability to evaluate and adapt their sales approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new sales methods, technologies and ideas.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student can analyse and evaluate a sales situation. The student can analyse the communications structures within an organization and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organisation. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization. The student can reflect on their own strengths and weaknesses as a sales person and negotiator and adapt their negotiations strategy as needs arise. The student can identify their sales type (Harvard BR – 8 types of sales people) and take appropriate steps to develop areas as required. The student analyses sales challenges and synthesises possible solutions and recognises possible implications. The student collaborates with peers during the learning process and evaluates different sales approaches. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their sales approach as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values and is able to adapt their sales and negotiations techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

Aika ja paikka

09/01: 11:00-14:00 in B3-27
16/01: 11:00-14:00 in B3-27
23/01: 11:00-14:00 in B3-27
30/01: 11:00-14:00 in B3-27
06/02: 11:00-14:00 in B3-27
13/02: 11:00-14:00 in B3-27
20/02: 11:00-14:00 in B3-27

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

N/A

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Participation in the course, assignments, and Sales Up performance will be evaluated

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped class sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Roleplay exercises
- Practical exercises (off-campus)

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Articles and case studies
- Videos
- Guest speaker presentation

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Students are expected to:
- Attend sessions
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Prepare and participate in the Sales Up event

Sisällön jaksotus

Themes will be discussed in the first lesson.

- What is a sales process and how to apply it in practice?
- Which factors affect successful sales negotiation?
- What are the differences between b-to-c and b-to-b sales?
- Understanding inbound customer relationships and promoting the value proposition as part of sales - sales promotion "technology industry".
- How to listen to the customer and ask good questions?
- How to show empathy and address difficult situations in a customer-oriented way?
- How to plan and organize a sales event?

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

- Practice in setting up and working in a trade fair
- Negotiations with other virtual firms

Kansainvälisyys

N/A

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N/A

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can describe the sales and negotiations process and identify sales opportunities. The student can ask a customer appropriate questions relevant to closing a sale and list the eight types of sales people identified by the Harvard Business School research. The student is able to name the ABC and SEA sales acronyms and participate in a sales event. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present factual information about their product or service. The student can follow a script or checklist to produce communication to explain the benefits of their service. The student is able to communicate in a sales environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can explain the sales process and explain the role of participants in the sales process. The student is able to comment on and evaluate a sales meeting and describe the 8 sales personalities. The student can explain and apply sales processes to their own business simulation and develop sales and negotiation strategies. The student can describe and plan a sales meeting, analyse the ABC sales process and explain why SEA sales process is more relevant to contemporary sales. The student can explain the importance of listening to customer needs. The student is able to explain sales phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English. The student is able to take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures and can adjust their sales communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates some ability to evaluate and adapt their sales approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new sales methods, technologies and ideas.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can analyse and evaluate a sales situation. The student can analyse the communications structures within an organization and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organisation. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization. The student can reflect on their own strengths and weaknesses as a sales person and negotiator and adapt their negotiations strategy as needs arise. The student can identify their sales type (Harvard BR – 8 types of sales people) and take appropriate steps to develop areas as required. The student analyses sales challenges and synthesises possible solutions and recognises possible implications. The student collaborates with peers during the learning process and evaluates different sales approaches. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their sales approach as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values and is able to adapt their sales and negotiations techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

Ilmoittautumisaika

08.06.2023 - 31.08.2023

Ajoitus

31.08.2023 - 23.10.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

In this course students will learn service design thinking in a digital business environment. The student will study how service design thinking is applied to customer centric business development and how the customer centric value chains are formed. Students will use service design tools and methods to design a business development plan for an e-commerce company.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:
- develop innovative business development plan by using different kind of tools, like Storytelling, Design Scenarios, Service Blueprints, Empathy Map etc.
- search different kind of relevant customer information using design thinking tools
- describe the value chain in e-commerce

Sisältö (OJ)

• Service Design as an inter-disciplinary approach
• Fields of Service Design
• Service Design Thinking tools

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student has rudimentary knowledge of service design thinking, including data collection methods such as surveys, interviews and observations. He/she is capable of using basic design thinking tools such as Empathy Map. The student has elementary skills in planning and implementing a research project in the context of service design thinking.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has advanced knowledge of Service Design Thinking methods, including such as Value Proposition Canvas and Lean Canvas. The student knows the difference between customer centric and customer based. He/she is able to select suitable Service Design methods for a variety of situations and provide reasons for the selection. The student knows how to build a value chain. He/she is able to utilize the gained insights to improve business processes. The student is skilled in planning and implementing a service design project in the context of e-commerce.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has excellent knowledge of service design methods, including interviews, observations, document analysis and others. He/she is able to select accurate service design methods for a variety of situations and justify reasons for the selection. The student knows how to build a value chain. He/she is able to utilize the gained insights to improve business processes. The student has profound skills in planning and implementing a service design project in the context of e-commerce. The student thoroughly understands how service design, value chain and customer-centricity work together.

Aika ja paikka

Sessions will be held according to the schedule in Pakki.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

N/A

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

The evaluation is based on the team's service design project outcome and individual learning diary.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Articles
- Case studies
- Videos
- Assigned E-books

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to TAMK schedule, ECT credits and Moodle timing instructions. Students are expected to:
- Attend sessions
- Participate in group discussions and workshops
- Complete the course project
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Details given in the first lesson

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Knowledge gained from the course can be applied to various projects in which service design/ design thinking is applicable.

Kansainvälisyys

Multiple global case studies will be used in the course

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N/A

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student has rudimentary knowledge of service design thinking, including data collection methods such as surveys, interviews and observations. The student is capable of using basic design thinking tools such as empathy maps. The student has elementary skills in planning and implementing a research project in the context of service design thinking.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student has advanced knowledge of service design thinking methods, such as value proposition canvas and lean canvas. The student knows the differences between customer-centric and customer-based. The student is able to select suitable service design methods for a variety of situations and provide reasons for the selection. The student knows how to build a value chain. The student is able to utilize gained insights to improve business processes. The student is skilled in planning and implementing a service design project in the context of e-commerce.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student has excellent knowledge of service design methods, including interviews, observations, document analysis and others. The student is able to select accurate service design methods for a variety of situations and justify reasons for the selection. The student knows how to build a value chain. He/she is able to utilize the gained insights to improve business processes. The student has profound skills in planning and implementing a service design project in the context of e-commerce. The student thoroughly understands how service design, value chain and customer-centricity work together.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 12.01.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 06.03.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salman Saleem
Vastuuhenkilö

Salman Saleem

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course expands on the earlier Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2, providing deeper knowledge and skills in strategic planning and development of marketing. The course gives the fundamental basis for those aiming at a career in marketing, merging theory with practice.

After completing the course the students will be able to
• Derive the marketing strategy from the business strategy
• Choose and apply different marketing strategies for different
businesses
• Write a consistent marketing plan based on customer needs and
marketing strategy

Sisältö (OJ)

What are the different levels of marketing planning?
What kind of different marketing strategies businesses apply and why?
What is the structure and content of a strategic marketing plan?
How does marketing function contribute the success of a business?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2 or equivalent

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to identify principles of the business strategy and strategic marketing. The student is able to participate in a team project performing the given tasks in according to instructions.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine and apply the concept and tools of strategic marketing in marketing planning. He/she is able to conduct some analysis and suggest development actions suitable for the business strategy. The student actively contributes to a team project being able to receive and give constructive feedback.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student masters the concepts and different models of strategic marketing, and is able to connect business strategy to marketing strategy in the business context in question. Student is able to conduct well structured analysis and is able to create, evaluate and combine different solutions to a given marketing problem. The student acts in a flexible and constructive way in team projects developing the team’s interaction.

Aika ja paikka

Sessions will be held according to the schedule in Pakki.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

All the assignments given must be submitted on the given schedule. The schedule will be given in the first class.
Final project presentation on the last class meeting

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

Hooley, G. J., Piercy, N. Nicoulaud, B. & Nick, Le (2020). Marketing strategy and competitive positioning. 7th edition, Pearson Education.
Kotler, P., Keller, K. L., Brady, M., Goodman, M., & Hansen, T. (2019). Marketing management (4th European edition.). Pearson.

Additional course material, such as blogs, videos, blogs, and short articles, will be provided in Moodle Workspace.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to the TAMK schedule, ECT credits, and Moodle timing instructions: A course of 3 credits will mean a workload of approximately 80 hours. which will be divided as follows: classes, casework, and reporting: learning diary: Classroom group assignments and tasks.
Students are expected to:
- Attend lessons
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Study materials are given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Market-led strategic management
Customer Analysis
Competitor analysis
Strategic planning for Products
Strategies for pricing
Strategies placement
Strategic promotion

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

If the course cannot be completed the instructed way, the student should contact the teacher to negotiate other possible ways of completing the course.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Project work/case studies
During the course, the students will work in small groups. The casework may require working with the company representative.

Kansainvälisyys

The course is a part of International Business Studies, so the international aspects are an important part of studying in general. An international point of view is taken into consideration whenever strategic marketing is discussed.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

According to TAMK evaluation criteria (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student isn't able to identify any principles of business strategy and strategic marketing. The student hasn't been able to participate in a team project or has failed to submit the required course tasks and assignments.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to identify principles of business strategy and strategic marketing. The student is able to participate in a team project performing the given tasks according to instructions.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student can determine and apply the concepts and tools of strategic marketing in marketing planning. The student can conduct some analysis and suggest development actions suitable for the business strategy. The student actively contributes to a team project by being able to receive and give constructive feedback.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student masters the concepts and different models of strategic marketing and can connect business strategy to marketing strategy in the business context in question. The student can conduct well-structured analysis and can create, evaluate, and combine different solutions to a given marketing problem. The student acts flexibly and constructively in team projects developing the team’s interaction.

Ilmoittautumisaika

17.09.2023 - 16.11.2023

Ajoitus

17.10.2023 - 17.01.2024

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salman Saleem
Vastuuhenkilö

Salman Saleem

Ryhmät
  • 22LIKO
    Liiketalous 2022, päivätoteutus kaikki
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki
  • 21IB
    International Business, syksy 2021, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Students will gain knowledge about how to successfully sell online. The student will learn about different digital selling models. Additionally, they learn how to do online market research to find a profitable product or niche. They learn on utilizing social commerce for direct sales. Alongside an understanding of paid social and web advertising and enabling them to learn how to make sales. Finally, students learn about fulfilment techniques.

Sisältö (OJ)

Upon successful completion of the course, students can:
1. Understand various digital selling business models.
2. Able to choose and validate products through market research at digital place.
3. Learn how to sell online? from setting up an online store to selecting a reliable e-commerce platform.
4. Able to utilize social commerce for direct sales.
5. Able to sell using paid social and web advertising.
6. Understand and implement various fulfilment techniques.

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

None

Lisätiedot (OJ)

On-line course

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student has introductory knowledge of digital marketing practices but lacks an active role in creating and publishing content for the purpose. In a team his/her role is merely passive and he/she requires help from others to cope with his/her own tasks.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student has basic knowledge of digital marketing and is able to independently take responsibility of his/her own learning as well as support other team members. He/she is an active contributor to the team, is able to understand and use social media channels for digital marketing and can provide good digital content to engage customers.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student has advanced knowledge of digital marketing tools, is independent, takes full responsibility of his/her own learning and helps other team members to succeed. He/she understands well the dynamics of social media channels in marketing and is able to create attractive digital content to engage existing customers and attract new ones.

Aika ja paikka

Sessions will be held online according to the schedule in Pakki.

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

The final exam will be given at the last class meeting.

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criteria (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped classroom sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Independent study and research

Oppimateriaalit

Required Textbook

Chaffey, D, & Smith, PR 2017, Digital Marketing Excellence: Planning, Optimizing and Integrating Online Marketing, Taylor & Francis Group, Florence.
Additional readings
Stinnett, B. (2022). The Digital Selling Handbook (1st ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.

Additional course material, such as blogs, videos, blogs, and short articles, will be provided in Digicampus Workspace.
https://digicampus.fi/?lang=en

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

According to the TAMK schedule, ECT credits, and Moodle timing instructions.
Students are expected to:
- Attend lessons
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Details are given in the first lesson

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

NA

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Project work/case studies

Kansainvälisyys

Cases and discussion, global operational business environment, and international collaborative projects

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

NA

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.11.2023 - 12.11.2023

Ajoitus

01.11.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 20

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Salman Saleem
Vastuuhenkilö

Salman Saleem

Ryhmät
  • 22LIKO
    Liiketalous 2022, päivätoteutus kaikki
  • 23KVHN2
    Exchange Students International Business Autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki
  • 21IB
    International Business, syksy 2021, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The aim of the study subject is to provide students with theoretical knowledge and skills to recognize and manage the company's logistics processes, identify problem areas and be able to provide suggestions for their solution without violating the basic principles of sustainable development.

Sisältö (OJ)

After completion, students will be able to analyze the company's logistics chain, identify the structural elements of the logistics chain and identify opportunities for improvement. Systematic management of logistics processes will provide a general understanding of how to apply logistics knowledge, modern technologies and IT systems to improve the company's logistics processes in order to optimize the organization of the company's activities. The study subject applies the methods of case analysis of logistics processes, document filling and practical application of logistics IT, lectures of integrated business specialists and study visits to logistics and trade companies.

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

None.

Lisätiedot (OJ)

Online.

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

1 (weak).
Knowledge and skills (skills) meet the minimum requirements
Knowledge meets the minimum requirements for supply chain management. Applies knowledge to solve simple practical tasks and situations. Simple naming of mastered concepts, retelling of the text. The answer focuses on one aspect.
Minimum sufficient capacity to deal with supply chain management practical situations, based on examples. Able to act by analogy. Minimum skills of expression and presentation.
2 (satisfactory).
Knowledge and abilities (skills) below average, there are mistakes
Below-average knowledge, there are mistakes. He applies knowledge to simple supply chain management practical tasks and situations. Got acquainted with the main material of the subject of study. Satisfactorily perceives concepts, is able to describe in his own words the information that is accepted. The analysis focuses on several aspects, but fails to link them.
Knowledge is applied in accordance with the presented examples of Supply Chain Management. Satisfactory quality of performance. Knows how to act by analogy. Correctly performs easy tasks in the subject of study, but does not perceive the more complex ones. Satisfactory skills of expression and presentation.
THRESHOLD
The student knows the most important theories and principles of his subject of study; the ability to apply knowledge to solve simple problems in supply chain management; may participate in the collection, evaluation and interpretation of data on the subject of his studies necessary for making decisions; able to convey the main information, ideas, problems of the subject of study; have self-learning abilities.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

3 (average).
Average knowledge and abilities, there are minor errors
Average knowledge of supply chain management, there are minor errors. Applies knowledge to solve practical tasks and situations. Got acquainted with the main material of the module. Understands and uses concepts. Several essential parts are combined into a whole. Argues well enough.
Knowledge is applied in accordance with the presented examples of supply chain management. Good performance quality. Correctly performs moderate tasks. Sufficient skills of expression and presentation.
4 (good).
Better than average knowledge and skills
Better-than-average knowledge and its application in solving practical tasks and situations in supply chain management. Got acquainted with the mandatory material of the subject of study. Able to independently work with additional material. Understands concepts and principles, applies them correctly. Well argues and substantiates arguments with facts.
Well applies knowledge. Correctly performs supply chain management tasks of medium complexity and more difficult. Good performance quality. Good expression and presentation skills. Knows what methods, techniques to apply.
TYPICAL
The student knows the most important theories and principles of the subject of study, is able to substantiate his essential proposals; the ability to apply knowledge to solve standard supply chain management problems; can independently collect, evaluate and interpret the data necessary for making decisions; is able to convey the usual information, ideas, problems and solutions of the study module; have the learning abilities necessary for further study and self-study.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

5 (excellent).
Excellent, exceptional knowledge and skills
Excellent, exceptional, comprehensive knowledge and its application in solving complex practical tasks and situations of supply chain management. Independently studied the additional literature of the subject of study. Perfectly understands and correctly uses concepts, is able to analyze them in the wider context of the subject of study. Thinks in an original, independent and creative way. Excellent analytical and assessment skills.
Perfectly applies theoretical knowledge. Perfectly performs complex non-standard tasks of supply chain management. Impeccable, exceptional performance quality. Excellent resolution and presentation skills. Well understands what and why they are doing.
EXCELLENT
The student knows the latest sources, theory and principles of the subject of study, is able to create and develop new ideas; the ability to apply knowledge and solve complex and atypical supply chain management tasks; can independently collect, evaluate, interpret data and make decisions based on it; able to logically convey ideas, problems and solutions; have the learning abilities necessary for further study and self-study.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Ajoitus

04.09.2023 - 22.10.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Virtuaaliosuus

1 op

Toteutustapa

80 % Lähiopetus, 20 % Etäopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 40

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sari Matala
Vastuuhenkilö

Sari Matala

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

The course is focusing on nature, wellbeing and event tourism from the sustainability point of view.



Learning outcomes:

Course is introducing the aspects of sustainability in tourism business.

Important and profitable types of tourism are studied
Students are familiarized with cases concerning each type of tourism.



After completing the course, students are able to:

Consider principles of sustainability in tourism business

Identify motivational factors typical for human nature contact and to apply these factors in developing nature tourism
Understand wellbeing in tourism business and to be able to include aspects of it into developing tourism
Design, organize and manage different kinds of events

Sisältö (OJ)

Which are the principles of sustainability in tourism?
Which are the motivational factors typical for human nature contact and how to consider these in tourism?
Why is wellbeing an important aspect in every type of tourism and how to consider it in designing products?
What is event management and how to design, organize and manage different kinds of events successfully?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to identify and list principles of sustainability in tourism business as well as motivational factors for human-nature contact. The student recognises and is able to define the significance of well-being in tourism business and explain how it is included in tourism products. The student is able to participate actively in designing and organising an event.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to consider and evaluate principles of sustainability in event tourism products as well as motivational factors for human-nature contact. The student is able to explain the relationship between well-being aspects and success in tourism business. The student is able to design and organise an event as an active member of a team.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to profoundly understand the relationship of a human being and the sustainable use of nature in event tourism. He/she can include these elements to event tourism product development alongside with the well-being aspects. The student is able to design innovative events, organise and manage them in a leading role.

Aika ja paikka

Course takes place in period 1. See Moodle for detailled schedule (available in Autumn 2023)

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Exam in Moodle (available in Autumn 2023)

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Participating a team task. Individual exam is assessed for individual grade.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Meetings, lectures, discussions, team task, individual working and individual exam

Oppimateriaalit

Literature and course material is presented in Moodle course (available in Autumn 2023)

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

5cr = 135h
Meetings and exam 9h
Individual studying and reflecting feedback 80h
Team working 46h

Sisällön jaksotus

See Moodle for detailled schedule (available in Autumn 2023)

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

Must be discussed with teacher beforehand

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

-

Kansainvälisyys

International student teams

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

This course is mainly individual and team working. You have a good opportunity and freedom to organize your working. Meetings and team working are highly important to attend in order to pass the course! Without participating team working, course is failled. NOTE: Individual exam is assessed for the total grade, though.

Arviointikriteerit - hylätty (0) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

No participating in team task working, task instructions are not followed, lack in applying academic literature/course material.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Participating team task working. Task description is partly followed, student is able to produce text, but there are only few academic references/course material applied and/or theories are not completely understood. Ideas are superficially constructed.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Participating team task working. Task description is followed, student is able to produce fluent text reflecting justified academic references/course material applied and/or theories are mostly understood. Text contains original or innovative ideas.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

Participating team task working. Task description is followed carefully, student is able to produce fluent text reflecting justified and variety of academic references/course material and/or theories are fully understood with professional touch. Highly original or innovative ideas presented.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2023 - 24.09.2023

Ajoitus

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Laajuus

5 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Niina Syrjälä
Vastuuhenkilö

Niina Syrjälä

Ryhmät
  • 23KVHN2S
    Exchange Students International Business autumn 2023
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Tourism marketing course focuses on customer-oriented marketing of tourism products and services. The aim is to learn skills needed for planning and implementing tourism marketing and for using a multitude of integrated marketing mix tools for various target groups, business environments and situations.

After completing the course, students will be able to:

• Understand the special features and tools of marketing tourism products and services.
• Analyze factors influencing tourism marketing and be familiar with planning, implementing and monitoring marketing in the field of tourism.
• Apply tourism marketing strategies, planning principles and integrated marketing mix tools for various target markets, business environments and situations.

Sisältö (OJ)

• What are customer needs and requirements for tourism products and services in consumer and business-to-business markets?
• What are the special features, elements, tools and processes of tourism marketing?
• What do the decisions of integrated tourism marketing mix and branding include, how is the value chain created and how is planning and implementation of tourism marketing done?
• What kind of media and technological solutions exist for interactive marketing of tourism products and services and what online business possibilities offer for tourism marketing?
• How to draw up a marketing plan for diverse tourism businesses?

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to define the basic concepts and specific features of tourism marketing. The student can explain the strategic marketing planning, implementing and monitoring process in tourism marketing. He/she participates in the given marketing task taking responsibility for his/her own performance.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to apply marketing planning process for making a marketing plan for a tourist business. The student is able to work responsibly and engage in a group work contributing to the success.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student masters the concepts and principles of tourism marketing and their relationships. The student is able to develop a fluent and well reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning in the tourism context with different types of products and services. The individual contribution in the class and team have been especially active, responsible and constructive.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Ajoitus

01.01.2024 - 06.03.2024

Laajuus

6 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sami Kalliokoski
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

Transportation costs and inventory considerations are significant drivers of total logistics and supply chain management costs. This course expands on the earlier Principles of Supply Chain Management course, providing detailed concepts and applications for freight transportation considerations in supply chains. This will include modal comparisons and contrasts of operational, financial, marketing, and information technology tools/software available in the freight and supply chain industries. Collaboration and competition between and among the modes will be explored to understand specific tactics to improve modal and supply chain efficiencies and competitive alternatives in both the global and domestic markets. Additionally, current trends in freight transportation and supply chain management across the globe will be studied and discussed to consider strategies and tactics to shape, manage, and respond to those trends.



After completing the course, students will be able to:

Understand the European Transportation Policies
Able to calculate all the costs related to the transportation operations
Manage the domestic and global transportation processes based on cases studies
Understand and work with the transportation documents
Calculate the CO2 emissions and define the risks in transport.

Sisältö (OJ)

The EU Transportation white and green papers
The Transportaion systems: Roal, Sea, rail, air and intermodal
Freight forwarders operations
Risks and safety in transportation operations
Sustainability in transport.

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

-The Basics of logistics is a prerequisite to this course
This course may require a visits to ports in Finland and overseas to complete the best learning outcomes

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to identify basic level knowledge in transportation management. The student is capable of applying some knowledge to relevant, working life situations. He/she demonstrates basic skills.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student is able to determine main tasks and challenges in transportation management. The student can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables. He/she is able to explain transportation roles, tasks and challenges well. The student is capable of applying all the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student is able to master tasks, challenges and different modes in transportation management. He/she has a professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of transportation management. The student demonstrates high skill level in transportation management, creates value and shares information with other participants. He/she is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations.

Aika ja paikka

According to Lukkari

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Info during the first lecture

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

Grading based on TAMK general rules

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

Classroom teaching
Project learning
Group learning
Excursion TBD

Oppimateriaalit

Course Book: Bloomberg, LeMay and Hanna, 2002. Logistics

OTHER REFERENCES
Bhatnagar, A. 2009. Textbook of Supply Chain Management. Lucknow, IN: WordPress.

Simchi-Levi, D., Kaminsky, P., & Simchi-Levi, E. 2004. Managing the Supply Chain : The Definitive Guide for the Business Professional. New York: McGraw-Hill Professional.

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Info during the first lecture

Sisällön jaksotus

N.A.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N.A.

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

N.A.

Kansainvälisyys

N.A.

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N.A.

Arviointikriteerit - tyydyttävä (1-2) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to identify basic level knowledge in transportation management. The student is capable of applying some knowledge to relevant, working life situations. He/she demonstrates basic skills.

Arviointikriteerit - hyvä (3-4) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to determine main tasks and challenges in transportation management. The student can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables. He/she is able to explain transportation roles, tasks and challenges well. The student is capable of applying all the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations.

Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5) (Ei käytössä, kts Opintojakson Arviointikriteerit ylempänä)

The student is able to master tasks, challenges and different modes in transportation management. He/she has a professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of transportation management. The student demonstrates high skill level in transportation management, creates value and shares information with other participants. He/she is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations.

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.12.2023 - 16.01.2024

Ajoitus

17.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Laajuus

2 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

International Business

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Sean Morga
Vastuuhenkilö

Sean Morga

Ryhmät
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 22IB
    International Business, syksy 2022, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This warehouse management course covers the basics of business warehouse management. The most common warehousing operations, practices and topics are covered, like the use of WMS with practices of the voice picking systems and RFID-technology applications (www.logivo.fi). The objective is to understand the warehousing acitivies, the related costs in the entire SCM. This course has also a contribution and link to the transportaion planning and ERP course (SAP). The learning plattform ( Logistics Redesign will be used to demonstrate the SCM design an optimisation tools.

After completing the course, students will be able to:

What are the new challenges in supply chain management process?
How to operate in distribution centers, warehouses and terminals?
How to control and optimize inventories?
What is warehouse inventory system?
What is material handling about?
What are the value added services in a distribution center?
What are the picking techniques used?

Sisältö (OJ)

Distribution centers as a facilities in the SCM
Inventory Management advanced
WM cycle and operations
WM picking technics
Labeling, tracebelity and RFID solutions

Esitietovaatimukset (OJ)

--The Basics of logistics is a prerequisite to this course

Lisätiedot (OJ)

-

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student is able to recognise common level attributes relevant to warehouse management in an organisation's activity. The student understands the basic logics of storing and activities connected to it. He/she can identify material, information and financial flows relating to warehouse management. The student can recognise and analyse both tangible and intangible structural elements of warehousing. He/she can apply the acquired knowledge in simple professional challenges.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student can analyse warehousing functions in details. He/she knows the basic steering logics of material flows internally, within an organisation, and externally, between the various value chain operators. The student can calculate and follow-up inventory. He/she understands how to organise distribution centres, warehouses and terminals so that they will provide optimal value added services.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student knows the most common warehousing operations and practices, together with systemic knowledge regarding WMS. The student can manage cost, quality, time and material related issues from warehouse management perspective. The student is able to cope with any WH related challenges which may occur in the organisation's daily activities. He/she can independently optimise warehousing related activities, suggest a suitable putaway, storing and picking technique, as well as manage the daily WH routines. Also the student possesses some managerial level strategic abilities in WHM.

Aika ja paikka

17.01.2024 08.00 - 11.00 in B5-20
24.01.2024 08.00 - 11.00 in B5-20
31.01.2024 08.00 - 11.00 in B5-20
07.02.2024 08.00 - 11.00 in B5-20
14.02.2024 08.00 - 11.00 in B5-20
21.02.2024 08.00 - 11.00 in B5-20

Tenttien ja uusintatenttien ajankohdat

Final exam will be given on the last class meeting

Arviointimenetelmät ja arvioinnin perusteet

According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
- Knowing
- Doing
- Being

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Opiskelumuodot ja opetusmenetelmät

- Lectures
- Flipped class sessions
- Inquiry-based learning
- Collaborative learning
- Project-based learning
- Case-based learning

Oppimateriaalit

- Presentation material
- Assigned books
- Articles
- Case studies
- Video

Opiskelijan ajankäyttö ja kuormitus

Students are expected to:
- Attend sessions
- Participate in group discussions and activities
- Complete the final exam
- Study materials given to them on their own time

Sisällön jaksotus

Distribution centers, other facilities in SCM
Inventory Management advanced
WM cycle and operations
WM picking techniques
Labeling, tracebelity and RFID solutions, technology

Topics related to sustainability will run parallel to the course themes.

Toteutuksen valinnaiset suoritustavat

N/A

Harjoittelu- ja työelämäyhteistyö

Knowledge gained from the course can be applied to various roles in warehouse operations.

Kansainvälisyys

Multiple global case studies will be used in the course

Lisätietoja opiskelijoille

N/A

Ilmoittautumisaika

02.07.2024 - 04.09.2024

Ajoitus

03.09.2024 - 11.12.2024

Laajuus

3 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Yksikkö

TAMK Kielet ja viestintä

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Opettaja
  • Emmanuel Abruquah
  • Janne Hopeela
Vastuuhenkilö

Janne Hopeela

Ryhmät
  • 23IB
    International Business, syksy 2023, kaikki

Tavoitteet (OJ)

This course deals with academic communication in sufficient depth and detail to enable students to present research work and write reports in academic style, as may be required for other courses in this degree programm. Most of the topics covered will also be relevant to writing a final thesis, so this course can be considered as a basic introduction to that process.

After completing the course, the students will be able to:

- Demonstrate familiarity with the principles of academic communication.
- Access and critically evaluate relevant source materials.
- Get familiar with the concept of plagiarism and know how to avoid it in their own work.
- Incorporate in-text references to source materials and compile a list of sources, following TAMK requirements.
- Produce academic texts which meet set criteria: clear, accurate and formal English, coherent structure.
- Present constructive and well-justified verbal arguments and feedback in formal, face-to-face academic settings, such as seminars and public lectures.
- Utilize resources and learning strategies to develop their own communication skills independently.

Sisältö (OJ)

What are the key features of academic communication and how does it differ from organizational communication?
What are the roles of verbal and written communication in the academic context?
What norms and standards must academic writing meet?
What stages must a a writer process to produce an academic text?

Arviointikriteerit, tyydyttävä (1-2) (OJ)

The student communicates in comprehensible English overall and shows some awareness of the norms for different types of text. References to source materials are included where appropriate.

Arviointikriteerit, hyvä (3-4) (OJ)

The student's English is mainly clear and appropriate. Written work meets the norms for different types of text, including scientific reporting. Oral communication is professional. Requirements regarding participation, meeting deadlines etc. are mainly fulfilled.

Arviointikriteerit, kiitettävä (5) (OJ)

The student's written English is formal and accurate and displays appropriate variation in style, reports meet the norms for different types of text. He/she shows ability to access and select appropriate information. References to source materials are incorporated accurately and in a variety of ways, source materials are expertly paraphrased. Oral expression is fluent and professional.

Arviointiasteikko

0-5

Ilmoittautumisaika

28.07.2024 - 26.08.2024

Ajoitus

27.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Laajuus

60 op

Toteutustapa

Lähiopetus

Toimipiste

TAMK Pääkampus

Opetuskielet
  • Englanti
Paikat

0 - 2

Koulutus
  • Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business
Ryhmät
  • AVOINAMK
    Avoin amk

Arviointiasteikko

0-5